Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Diagnostics & Research / Charles River Laboratories International

Charles River Laboratories International

crl · LSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker crl
Exchange LSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Diagnostics & Research
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Charles River Laboratories International
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
Registered Number 01227964 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
1 
Contents 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Page 
 
Financial and operational highlights  
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 
 
Group strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 
 
Chairman’s statement  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 
 
Managing Director’s statement  
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 
 
Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             12 
 
The business model 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 
 
A fair review of the Group’s business 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 
 
Strategy, objectives and future developments 
 
 
 
 
 
16 
 
Key performance indicators 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18 
 
Section 172 statement 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21 
 
Corporate and social responsibility 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting 
 
 
24 
 
Non-financial and sustainability information statement 
 
 
 
 
33 
 
Going concern 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33 
 
 
Directors’ report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34 
 
Corporate governance statement 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 
 
Directors’ remuneration report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44 
 
Directors’ responsibilities statement 
 
 
 
 
 
 
57 
 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Creightons PLC 
 
 
 
58 
 
Consolidated income statement and Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
 
67 
 
Consolidated balance sheet 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 
 
Company balance sheet 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
69 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
 
 
 
 
 
70 
 
Company statement of changes in equity 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement  
 
 
 
 
 
 
73 
 
Company cash flow statement 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 
 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75 
 
Directors and advisers  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
2 
Financial highlights 
 
• 
Improved gross margin performance on lower revenue of £53.2m (2023: £58.6m) a reduction of 9.2%, as a 
result of cost reduction and product portfolio rationalisation. 
 
• 
Gross profit margin increased by 1.3% to 42.9% from 41.6%. 
 
• 
Full year operating profit margin (before exceptional items) of 2.9% (2023: 2.7%). 
 
• 
EBITDA for the year was £3.2m (2023: £3.0m). 
 
• 
Exceptional items included Emma Hardie brand intangible asset impairment of £4.4m (2023:£Nil).   
 
• 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share excluding exceptional items, was positive 1.42p (2023:1.05p).  
 
• 
Stock held on hand reduced by £2.0m to £8.2m (2023: £10.2m). 
 
• 
Net cash on hand (cash and cash equivalents less short-term element of obligations under finance leases and 
borrowings) is positive £2.2m (2023: negative £1.2m). 
 
• 
The Directors propose a final dividend of 0.45 pence per ordinary share for the year ended 31 March 2024 
(2023: Nil). 
 
Operational highlights  
 
• 
Private label saw growth in revenue whilst Branded and Contracts sales saw a downturn in revenue activity: 
o 
Sales of retailer own label products increased by 7.9% to £23.7m.  
o 
Overall branded sales have decreased by 7.6% to £21.0m.  
o 
Contract manufacturing sales decreased by 38.9% to £8.4m.  
o 
The Group’s total overseas business decreased by 20.1% to £8.5m (2023: £10.6m). 
 
• 
The Group has continued to successfully implement the six-point plan. The remedial measures were intended 
to restore profitability, reduce costs and inventory and to return to positive cash flow. The resulting actions 
and their impact are summarised in the following six areas:  
 
• 
Increase in selling prices to our customers 
o 
Sales teams continued the process of Cost Price Increase (C.P.I) monitoring across all 
categories of supply. This was used as the basis to negotiate sales price increases with 
customers. This has proved successful as indicated by the improvement in gross margin.  
 
• 
Reduction in overheads 
o 
Cost rationalisation has seen Administrative costs decrease by 5.6% to £17.8m (2023: 
£18.9m).  
 
• 
Increase efficiency and capacity in each factory so as to maximise the benefit of single shift working 
o 
Manufacturing team reducing to one shift at both Peterborough (September 2022) and 
Devon (September 2023). 
 
• 
Relocating the customer facing side of the business, warehousing, picking and packing and logistics 
back to the Peterborough site 
o 
Restructuring warehousing and logistics has seen Distribution costs decrease by 10.6% to 
£3.5m (2023: £3.9m). 
 
• 
Reduction in stock levels, targeting £2m reduction against prior year 
o 
We have achieved stock reductions of £2.0m to the end of March 2024, achieving a closing 
stock balance of £8.2m (2023: £10.2m) without any reduction in effective service levels to 
customers. 
 
• 
New and non-critical capital expenditure cancelled unless payback less than 9 months 
o 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment has reduced to £0.3m (2023: £0.8m). 
 
The combined effect of these measures, carried out over the course of the year and in particular the second 
half of the year, has been to improve profitability and generate positive cashflow. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
3 
Group strategic report 
 
This strategic report has been prepared solely to provide additional information to enable shareholders to assess the 
Group’s strategies and the potential for those strategies to succeed. 
 
The strategic report contains certain forward-looking statements. These statements are made by the Directors in good 
faith based on the information available to them up to the time of their approval of this report and such statements 
should be treated with caution due to the inherent uncertainties, including both economic and business risk factors, 
underlying any such forward-looking information. 
 
In preparing this strategic report, the Directors have complied with s414C of the Companies Act 2006. 
 
The strategic report has been prepared for the Group and therefore gives greater emphasis to those matters that are 
significant to Creightons PLC and its subsidiary undertakings when viewed as a whole. 
 
The strategic report discusses the following areas:  
 
• 
Chairman’s statement 
• 
Managing Director’s statement 
• 
Finance report 
• 
The business model 
• 
A fair review of the Group’s business 
• 
Strategy, objectives and future developments 
• 
Key performance indicators 
• 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
• 
Section 172 statement 
• 
Corporate and social responsibility 
• 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) report 
• 
Non-financial information statement and sustainability information statement 
• 
Going concern 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
4 
Group strategic report 
 
Chairman’s statement  
 
I take pleasure in presenting my first statement following my appointment as Chair of the Board on 7 March 2024. The 
structure of this report will be different to previous years with a top-level overview of the Group’s performance in the 
past year, changes to the board and senior management team and an overview of the direction of the business over 
the next few years. 
 
Our new Managing Director, Philippa Clark will provide a more detailed review of the performance including a review of 
revenue and brand performance. This will be followed by a report on the Group’s financial results. 
 
Overview of performance 
 
In common with many UK manufacturing businesses, we have been operating during a period of significant 
inflationary pressures, challenging supply chains and weakening consumer demand. The objective remains to meet our 
customer expectations and to deliver top line revenue growth whilst also relentlessly focusing on the areas within our 
control to recover margins following the erosion over the past two years and, matching our overhead costs to revenue 
and reducing stock levels.  
 
Whilst results show revenue falling to £53.2m (2023: £58.6m), EBITDA has increased to £3.2m (2023: £3.0m) and 
operating profit before exceptional items has decreased marginally to £1.54m (2023: £1.58m). The operating margin 
percentage before exceptional items has improved to 2.9% in the year ended 31 March 2024 compared to 2.7% for 
the year ended 31 March 2023. A significant feature of this has been a gradual improvement throughout the year with 
margins significantly improved in the second half of the year. This is covered in more detail by Philippa Clark in her 
report as Managing Director. 
 
Revenue performance across the three revenue streams has been mixed with: 
• 
growth of £1.7m in the Private label revenue, 
• 
decreased revenue through Brands of £1.7m, with some brands unperforming and lower revenue from 
reducing the tail of underperforming products and  
• 
decreased revenue from contract manufacturing. Most of this reduction arose from our decision to curtail 
sales to businesses  where credit insurance cover was removed, and the group considered it advisable to 
manage credit risks. Also, two key customers reduced orders due to declining consumer demand and 
overstocks.  
 
Gross margins have continued to improve throughout the year and by the end of March were ahead of those achieved 
before they were adversely impacted by the inflationary pressures of the past two years. These improved margins 
have been achieved through a combination of increased selling prices, removing low margin products from sales mix, 
product cost engineering and improvements in production efficiencies. We are now seeing an easing of supplier price 
pressure in most areas although not all. 
 
Overheads have been reduced to ensure they match the underlying activity levels of the Group. Manufacturing 
operations are now on a single shift basis across both sites. There have also been benefits arising from lower utility 
costs as wholesale prices have fallen. Warehousing costs have reduced due to the stock reduction programme and 
relocating most finished goods distribution back in-house. The impact of these changes has been to reduce the 
breakeven sales level on a month-by-month basis which will enable the business to leverage pre-tax profit growth 
from existing revenue and future growth. Improved output levels in manufacturing operations are helping to increase 
capacity.  
 
One area of underperformance relates to the Emma Hardie business which was acquired on 28 July 2021 for a total 
consideration of £6.2m. The annual review of the value-in-use of the Emma Hardie brand, which considers the ability 
to generate growth in revenue and a review of the likely cash generation from future revenue, in accordance with the 
requirements of IAS 36, resulted in an exceptional impairment charge of £4.45m. This non-cash exceptional charge, in 
the current year, has materially adversely impacted the reported pre-tax profit. The remaining associated intangible 
brand value of £0.66m reflects an accounting assessment of discounted future cash flows from the Emma Hardie 
brand, based upon current performance and an estimate of future sales and costs. 
 
This impairment will also result in a derecognition of the goodwill value of £1.28m, relating to the deferred tax 
associated with the Emma Hardie brand, with consequential adjustments to the deferred tax accrual. The net effect of 
these is a tax charge of £0.17m. 
 
The underlying profit generation together with the significant reduction in stock levels has resulted in a dramatic 
improvement in the cash position with net borrowings falling by £4.8m to £0.8m (2023: £5.6m). The Group chose to 
repay 50% of the outstanding loan balance of the term loan used to partly fund the acquisitions in 2021.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
5 
Group strategic report 
 
Chairman’s statement (continued) 
 
Building a team for the future 
 
Following Bernard Johnson’s departure in November 2023, the Board asked the two Executive Directors, Philippa Clark 
and Martin Stevens to manage the routine operations of the business for an interim period and complete ongoing internal 
improvement programmes. In addition, they reviewed the Emma Hardie business and integrated it within the Group’s 
operations, significantly reducing the overheads attributable to the brand and further reducing staffing levels to align 
with planned activity. This allowed the Board time to evaluate the various options for the organisation of the Board and 
the Senior Management Team. On completion of this review the Board announced the following changes on 7 March 
2024. 
• 
Philippa Clark was appointed as Group Managing Director. She will continue to be supported by Martin Stevens 
in his Executive Director role as Group Deputy Managing Director. 
• 
William McIlroy retired from his Executive roles as Chairman and CEO and will remain on the Board as a Non-
Executive Director.  
• 
Paul Forster was appointed Non-Executive Chair of the Board. 
• 
Brian Geary has joined the board as a Non-Executive Director.  
 
I would like to take this opportunity to thank Bernard Johnson for his contribution to the business, which would not be 
where it is today without his vision and drive. I would also like to thank William McIlroy for his contribution and support 
over his tenure in his Executive roles and look forward to his support and guidance as I settle into my new role. 
 
I believe the new Board provides a good balance of experience to support the management team as they evolve the 
strategy to grow the business to meet the needs of stakeholders. 
 
I am pleased to report that Philippa Clark has settled into her role and is being actively supported by Martins Stevens 
and the other senior Executives. The Executive team, under the leadership of our new Managing Director is actively 
engaged in developing plans to grow sales, protect and improve margins and leverage our infrastructure to grow pre-
tax profits and margins. The Board recognises the importance of maintaining stability and focus as we come out of this 
transitional period, and our collective efforts are geared towards sustaining and advancing the positive trajectory of our 
organisation.  
 
Looking forward 
 
The Group's focus will be to pursue new growth opportunities, growing revenues organically by using our in-depth market 
knowledge, product development expertise and brand marketing skills to: 
• 
identify new products ranges for our brands and customers. 
• 
extending the distribution of our brands, both within the UK and internationally. 
• 
increase penetration into the private label sector, where we have range launches with two new customers in 
the coming year. 
• 
targeting contract business where customers’ requirements align with our core strengths and flexible 
manufacturing capabilities. 
 
The Group will continue to invest in the research and development of new brands to address changing market 
opportunities. 
 
The work of the past year in improving margins, aligning cost to match activity and throughput levels, along with the 
significant spare capacity available by introducing additional shifts, if required, places the Group in a strong position to 
generate profits from additional revenue. The Group is generating positive EBITDA and cash flows from its core 
operations which underlines the ability to generate profitable growth. There are still opportunities to grow revenue and 
the sales team is being strengthened to deliver those opportunities with a Director of Global Sales (non-statutory 
Director) joining the group in May 2024.  
 
The Group is committed to recovering our underlying operating profits (before exceptional items) levels, currently 
standing at 4.0% of revenue in the second half of the year to March 2024, to levels enjoyed in the past.  
 
The Group's dynamic structure continues to give it a competitive advantage allowing it to respond quickly and effectively 
to customer requirements. It also provides a competitive advantage with post-acquisition integration by providing 
synergies not available to all market participants. The Group will continue to look for acquisitions for brands that can 
generate long term growth in revenue, profits and cash generation. However, it will be much more focused on ensuring 
a good return can be delivered on its investments. 
 
Dividend  
 
The Board proposes a final dividend of 0.45 pence per ordinary share, subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting 
(2023: Nil). This is in line with the Directors’ intention to reinstate paying dividends and to align future payments with 
the underlying profits and positive cash flow of the business. 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
6 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Conclusion 
  
I would like to take this opportunity to thank every one of the Group's employees who have continued to work together 
to enable us to deliver an improving trading performance. I would also like to thank our customers, shareholders and 
suppliers for their support and loyalty to the Group. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paul Forster 
Non-Executive Chair of the Board 
16 July 2024 
Paul Forster (Jul 16, 2024 15:43 GMT+1)
Paul Forster

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
7 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Managing Director’s statement  
 
A Challenging Year  
 
This year’s results represent a strong internally focussed strategy to ensure we tackled and conquered the challenges 
bought on by the tough economic conditions of the past two years, coupled with the ongoing macroeconomic and 
geopolitical pressures. Therefore, we have ensured that the key business fundamentals have been at the core of our 
activities during the year to ensure the Group continues to deliver a sustainable and stable business. 
 
The difference in operating performance between H1 and H2 of the year ended 31 March 2024 demonstrate the impact 
of this focus. Despite the sales downturn in H2 against H1, gross profit margins were up by 1.5% (H1 2024: 42.2%), 
with full year margin of 42.9% being up 1.3% (2023: 41.6%). Key cost reductions in administration and distribution 
also provided significant gains in operating performance overall. 
H1 
(Unaudited) 
H2 
(Unaudited) 
Year ended 
31 March 
2024 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Revenue 
      27,555  
      25,639  
     53,194  
Gross profit 
      11,632  
      11,198  
     22,830  
Gross profit % 
42.2% 
43.7% 
42.9% 
Operating profit before exceptional items 
        506  
       1,032  
     1,538  
Operating profit before exceptional items % 
1.8% 
4.0% 
2.9% 
Exceptional items  
         -  
      (4,466) 
(4,466) 
Finance Costs  
       (204) 
       (145) 
      (349) 
EBITDA before exceptional items 
1,358 
1,881 
3,239 
Profit / (Loss) before tax 
        302  
      (3,579) 
(3,277) 
Profit / (Loss) after tax 
        285  
      (3,812) 
(3,527) 
 
Key achievements have been made in margin improvement, overhead and stock reduction, restructuring supply chain 
and positive cash generation. However, the drive to ensure a strong core business has come at the expense of sales 
growth in the contract manufacturing division and a softening of growth in our brands where a refocussing of the product 
portfolio has been a priority to ensure margins are protected and enhanced where possible.  
 
The strategy of pursuing a multi-channel approach to the market and a broad multi-category product offering continues 
to serve us well during times when consumer demand is impacted by a cost of living crisis. 
 
Revenue stream performance 
 
Private Label 
 
Private label sales have increased sales by 7.9% to £23.7m (2023: £22.0m) as consumers continue to seek performance 
products at value prices. Creightons continues to be the leading supplier in the UK for private label supply achieved 
through exceptional product development, quality manufacturing and both consistency and speed of supply. This is 
evidenced by the fact that the Group has achieved the number one position as a key supplier with a major UK retailer. 
This is in addition to a good solid performance across the customer base resulting in sales growth. 
 
This position is achieved via the Groups’ ability to develop products that deliver relevant, consumer focussed, 
performance all whilst successfully managing customer forecasts, stock and service levels into a demanding mass retailer 
customer base. 
 
Margin performance in this area has also delivered through successfully implementing cost price increases to customers 
but also taking the decision to exit products or ranges which no longer meet our contribution margin requirements. 
 
Category expertise and Research and Development are both key measures of success in this division and these both 
continue to be a priority for investment. 
 
Contract Manufacturing 
 
Conversely, the contract sales have experienced a downturn during the period of 38.9% to £8.4m (2023: £13.8m). In 
the main this is due to masstige and premium brands either reducing order books due to declining consumer demand 
and overstocking, or are no longer covered by credit insurance and we have chosen to exit as this is a key requirement 
in managing our business risk. 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
8 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Managing Director’s statement (continued) 
 
Brands 
 
Overall Brands have seen a reduction of 7.6% to £21.0m (2023: £22.8m). This decline is due to two key exceptional 
factors in the year. 
 
1. 
A £1.8m loss in one international market with Balance Active where a distributor lost significant distribution 
by diversifying their business too quickly at the expense of the Balance Active brand. 
 
2. 
The internal decision to discontinue 45% of the brand portfolio product offering from 334 products to 184 
products. This accounted for a reduction of £1.1m sales of products that had either poor margin, low sales 
volumes or a combination of both. This repositioning and focus of the brand offer have had positive impacts 
on stocks, margin and sales team focus. 
 
Brands have performed where the price point and offer continues to engage the consumer, resulting in gains in both 
store distribution numbers and new customer listings in a very challenging UK market specifically for Balance Active 
Formula, TZone, Feather & Down, The Curl Company and the Creightons range of branded products. 
 
• 
TZone achieved a new key grocery launch in the UK into 135 stores and gained an additional 557 stores in an 
existing Grocery listing. 
• 
Feather & Down has an additional 341 stores with extra distribution in the UK.  
• 
Balance Active is already listed in a leading UK grocer but has an additional 557 stores with the launch of new 
product development (NPD) serums from June 2024. A new listing for the brand was also secured in another 
major UK retailer in the period into 102 stores. 
• 
The Curl Company extended into an additional 100 stores in Scandinavia and launched for the first time into 
182 stores in the UAE. 
• 
Creightons Frizz No More launched into a major retailer in Spain as the Group enters the Spanish market for 
the first time.   
 
Margins are performing well through negotiated customer price increases and product cost engineering initiatives. This 
is despite a strong discontinuation programme initiated across all brands, exiting products where margins and volume 
combinations were no longer meeting expectations.  
 
Emma Hardie 
 
The gross sales contribution of the brand has been flat this year at £3.2m. The autonomous, independent approach in 
managing the brand for the past two years has been a factor. In addition, entering the Chinese market has been the 
dominant strategy and whilst it showed initial signs of positive sales at the end of 2022 and the early part of 2023, this 
quickly reversed during 2023. The landscape changed significantly during the year in China proving the chosen sales 
model to be ineffective and unprofitable. A decision to put activities in China on hold was made in December 2023. 
 
The Emma Hardie brand and its team are now fully incorporated into the wider business. This ensures full control of 
costs, sales strategy and team management. A revised sales strategy is being executed into 2024 including: 
• 
a full review and potential new approach in China 
• 
refocused efforts on digital platforms including The Hut Group, Sephora and Amazon 
• 
investment in EmmaHardie.com 
• 
positioning the brand into the travel sector. 
 
Recent launches on EasyJet inflight in May 2024 and a 6 month trial launch into Luton Airport Duty Free in the summer 
of 2024 are both being progressed. 
 
The brand continues to perform well in its original retail home at Marks & Spencer (M&S) in the UK, with an increase in 
end consumer sales of 19% in 2023/2024 against the previous year. This demonstrates continued consumer demand 
for the brand. Plans are in place during 2024/2025 with M&S for additional investment in the brand including dual siting 
in key performing stores, pop-up opportunities, in-store events and improved positioning in the beauty hall. All with the 
objective of giving more exposure to the brand and engaging more consumers. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
9 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Managing Director’s statement (continued) 
 
Digital and Social 
 
This year has seen an increase in our efforts with both digital and social platforms. 
 
Feather & Down and Emma Hardie total brand sales both have considerable contributions from digital sales at 48% and 
52% respectively of their total brand sales. This includes Amazon Vendor UK and the pure beauty platform players. 
 
• 
A key distribution channel for brands which have higher price points and more limited bricks and mortar distribution. 
• 
Two higher price point brands, Emma Hardie and Janina, have recently been transferred to Amazon Seller UK with 
initial positive results on both sales and margin – improving from the original listings on Amazon Vendor. 
• 
Feather & Down and Emma Hardie launches onto Amazon Germany and Amazon USA which have taken longer than 
originally planned due to unanticipated protracted set up issues with Amazon. It is anticipated that the growth in 
these new markets will be slow and steady initially as brand awareness campaigns in these new markets also need 
to be activated. 
• 
Social activities are live and growing across all key platforms such as  Instagram, Facebook and TikTok with a focus 
on Balance Active, TZone, Feather & Down and Emma Hardie. 
• 
TikTok shop strategies are being implemented for select brands during 2024. 
 
 
Research and Development 
 
As we continue to develop the business, the nature of the research and development (R&D) has become more 
sophisticated, including additional time and investment in trend monitoring, consumer research, consumer testing, 
independent validation and claims substantiation.  
 
These activities have continued throughout the year ended 31 March 2024 to expand our portfolio of product offering 
and capabilities, with key areas of focus being the development of unique and technically challenging formulations across 
Facial and Body Skincare. This requires a constant monitoring of key trend materials to ensure that we are meeting the 
consumers evolving needs and delivering new product development quickly and efficaciously. 
 
Looking forward, the team continue to invest time and resource into exploring new categories and technologies. As 
highlighted last year, the importance of SPF in the skincare and suncare categories is a key growth area of the sector. 
We are continuing to invest in delivering futureproofed SPF formulations, delivering high UV protection in formats that 
offer improved performance and product aesthetics. Textures have also become key in this category requiring additional 
R&D development. This work and investment will be an ongoing and continuing piece of investment over the coming 
years. 
 
A continuing and critical role of our R&D team is responding to the challenges of increasing raw material costs and 
availability. Therefore, cost mitigation through resourcing and finding alternative materials in conjunction with our 
procurement team, is a necessary activity that requires significant lab time to validate alternatives to help avoid 
excessive cost increases and maintain margins. 
 
One of the drivers of growth in the Private Label division is extending into new categories. As highlighted, this would 
include SPF skincare and the Sun Protection category. Other categories including non-licenced Healthcare and Sexual 
Health products and new developments in skincare including products supporting the skin’s microbiome, probiotics and 
fermented ingredients. Continual developments in new formats and textures are also a key development area. This work 
also benefits new product development (NPD) and development of our brands. 
 
Manufacturing and Operations 
 
Operationally one of the key goals has been to reduce warehousing costs. By reducing stock and improving the 
management of space this goal has been achieved. The benefit being the considerable reduction on relying on a 3PL 
solution. Maximising procurement savings and reducing overheads have been equally important. The team continue to 
reduce buying costs of both packaging and key materials and we have succeeded in reducing our cost base to be in line 
with our revenue footprint. 
 
The key drivers in the period in manufacturing have been centred around improving efficiencies to realise maximum 
benefit from reducing to one-shift last year. Targeted machinery investments, improved training programmes of key 
production staff and working towards improving change-over times are all contributing positively to achieving improved 
outputs and efficiencies. 
 
There is more work to be done in all areas as we move into the coming year and the team remain determined in ensuring 
gains continue to be made. 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
10 
 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Managing Director’s statement (continued) 
 
 
The Future and Our Strategy 
 
A continual review of the market, our customers strategies, category and product opportunities coupled with our 
experience and knowledge is undertaken throughout the year in order to ensure that our key strategic objectives are 
relevant and achievable. These are reviewed and monitored with the main board and senior team to ensure consistency 
in approach. The goal is to deliver a consistent, stable business that delivers increasing value for all stakeholders. 
 
Develop and Cultivate the Core Private Label Business 
• 
Retain the dominant position in UK supply. 
• 
Focus on margin positive products. 
• 
Work with the best in class retailers. 
• 
Ensure Research and Development (R&D) category development drives new sales opportunities. 
 
Build and Develop the Groups’ Brands 
• 
Expand UK distribution footprint – there are additional distribution gains to be had. 
• 
Invest in additional resource to grow and expand international markets. 
• 
Ensure Brands fill the ‘white space’ where possible and the propositions are clear. 
• 
Ensure Brands have clear customer need states. 
 
Expand with New Brands – Developed or acquired 
• 
Where the fit is right and adds value to the Group’s total Brand portfolio. 
• 
Where the opportunity and positioning fill the ‘white space’ or unfulfilled consumer need. 
• 
Where the sales and margin enhancement deliver additional business value. 
 
Build on Digital Platform Brand Sales 
• 
Ongoing development of Amazon Vendor and Amazon Seller including developing selected international 
markets. 
• 
Investment into our own .com sites where the brand positioning will succeed. 
• 
Grow relationships with key pure beauty players where the brand fit makes sense. 
 
Investment in Research and Development (R&D) and Product Category Expertise 
• 
Essential for growing the Private Label business by entering new product types and related categories. 
• 
Speed to Market focus. 
• 
Meeting and anticipating consumer needs – for both Brand and Private Label divisions. 
• 
Remain at the cutting edge of trend, ingredients, product textures and formats. 
• 
Evaluation of materials with low carbon footprint for more sustainable products. 
 
Focus on Operational Efficiencies & Cost Control 
• 
Output and capacity focussed capital investment. 
• 
Structured training programmes throughout the operational functions. 
• 
Continual review of ensuring our cost footprint fits our sales and profit profiles. 
• 
Review the manufacturing strategy and utilise IT to enhance our productivity and manufacturing investments.  
• 
Ensure the Group’s costs and asset base match demand, environmental and safety requirements.  
 
Meet Environmental and Sustainable Targets 
• 
The business has committed to SBTi validated emissions reduction targets. Please see further detail outlined in 
the TCFD report per page 24 to 32.  
• 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions will reduce by 42% and Scope 3 emissions by 25% by 2030. 
• 
For FY23/24 we have seen a decrease in scope 1 and 2 emissions of 7.8%. 
• 
We have just completed the tenth year of holding the RSPO supply chain accreditation.  
• 
Now sourcing 99.9% of our palm derivatives from RSPO sustainable sources. 
• 
For FY23/24 the amount of recycled plastic in our packaging has increased by 5.3% to 203.9 tonnes. 
• 
We will be completing the climate related module for CDP in FY24/25. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
11 
 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Managing Director’s statement (continued) 
 
Summary 
 
Despite a challenging year the Group’s strong focused strategy on ensuring the business continues to successfully 
navigate market pressures and challenges is beginning to produce positive results. We have been determined in our 
efforts in delivering operational profitability, positive cash generation and reducing the overall cost base to be in line 
with our revenue performance. The result for the second half of the year provides evidence that we are on the right 
track.  
 
The Board believes that the restructured management team, ongoing positive customer relationships and strong 
business fundamentals will enable the Group to proactively manage new challenges and take advantage of any new 
opportunities that may arise. 
 
The Management Team remains focussed on delivering the Group’s strategic and financial aims. Immediate priorities 
include increasing the awareness and distribution of our brands, accelerating organic sales in all divisions, nurturing 
customer relationships and keeping R&D central to driving the business forward. 
 
Finally, I would like to thank our valued team of employees, customers, suppliers and all stakeholders, especially those 
who have responded so positively through this challenging period.  
 
 
 
 
 
Philippa Clark 
Managing Director 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P Clark (Jul 16, 2024 16:09 GMT+1)
P Clark

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
12 
 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Financial Report  
 
Overview of Financial performance 
 
The Group has exhibited significant improvements in its operating performance. Despite a reduction in revenue year 
on year of 9.2% operating profit margin before exceptional costs increased to 2.9% (2023: 2.7%). The decrease in 
sales activity has been due to a combination of factors, these include, but are not limited to, a challenging market 
within the Contract and Branded sales divisions as well as the Group’s own decision to divest from non-profitable 
product offerings that do not achieve a commercially viable contribution margin.  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The on-going challenging macro-economic environment, within which the business operates, resulted in inflationary 
pressures across the cost of labour, raw materials, componentry, and commodity prices. This had the impact of 
eroding Gross profit margins. The Group has responded well to managing these external pressures by adopting 
processes to monitor Cost Price Increase (C.P.I) across all categories of supply. This allowed the Group to be pro-
active and combat areas of eroding margins. Actions taken included product re-engineering, re-formulating, and 
increasing customer selling prices. The impact of this has led to the Group improving its Gross profit margin by 1.3% 
to 42.9% (2023: 41.6%). 
 
As the sales activity and in turn the manufacturing output across the Group has reduced year on year, the Group has 
had to implement a strategy of cost rationalisation to allow it to re-align its overhead base with the current level of 
activity. This had the impact of reducing direct and in-direct labour costs, administrative expenses and warehousing 
and distributions costs. Manufacturing efficiencies have also aided with the streamlining of both cost of sales and 
overhead costs. As a result of this, the operating profit before exceptional items decreased marginally £0.1m from the 
previous year despite a revenue reduction of £5.4m.  
 
As a direct result of the strong operating performance, the business has been able to generate £3.2m of EBITDA ( 
before exceptional items - Impairment) in the year to March 2024 (2023: £3.0m). This has equated to an increase in 
cash generated from operating activities by £0.2m to £6.1m from £5.9m. The Group has utilised the cash to reduce its 
debt exposure with net gearing reducing by 18.6% to 3.5% (2023: 22.1%). Net cash on hand has increased by £3.4m 
to positive £2.2m (2023: negative £1.2m). Please refer to the section on Key Performance Indicators on page 17 
where they are defined.  
 
Revenue  
 
Overall Group sales were £53.2m for the year ended March 2024 (2023: £58.6m) a reduction of £5.4m. 
 
The sales generated by each revenue stream are;  
 
2024 
2023 
Movement 
 
£000’s 
£000’s 
 
Branded products  
21,020 
22,757 
Decrease of 7.6% 
Private label  
23,727 
21,997 
Increase of 7.9% 
Contract manufacturing 
8,431 
13,795 
Decrease of 38.9% 
Other 
16 
18 
Decrease of 11.1% 
Total 
53,194 
58,567 
Decrease of 9.2% 
 
Please refer to the Managing Director’s statement on Revenue movements.  
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended  
31 March 2024 
Year ended  
31 March 2023 
£000 
£000 
Revenue 
 53,194  
 58,567  
Gross profit 
 22,830  
 24,348  
Gross profit % 
42.9% 
41.6% 
Operating profit before exceptional items 
 1,538  
 1,584  
Operating profit margin % before exceptional items 
2.9% 
2.7% 
Exceptional items  
     (4,466) 
 (477) 
Finance Costs  
       (349) 
 (420) 
(Loss) / Profit before tax 
     (3,277) 
 687  
(Loss) / Profit after tax 
     (3,527) 
 514  
EBITDA 
3,239 
3,001 
Adjusted Diluted EPS – excluding exceptional items 
1.42 pence 
1.05 pence 
Cash and cash equivalents 
3,138 
1,653 
Inventories 
8,225 
10,228 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
13 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Financial Report (continued) 
 
Margin and cost of sales  
 
The Group implemented systems and processes to monitor Cost Price Increase (C.P.I) across all categories of supply. 
These included but were not limited to; plastics, raw materials, energy, wage inflation and transport (global and 
domestic) costs. Gross margin was 42.9% for the year ended 31 March 2024 (2023: 41.6%). Gross margin has improved 
in the second half of the year to 43.7%, compared to the first half 42.2% due to proactive measures taken by 
management in the areas of customer price increases, cost mitigation and product re-engineering and reduced labour 
costs due to shift rationalisation and efficiency improvements. Additionally, the business has reviewed its product 
portfolio and ensured SKU’s not achieving the desired level of contribution margin were exited.  
 
Distribution costs and Administrative expenses  
 
Distribution costs have decreased by 10.6% to £3.5m (2023: £3.9m) at a faster rate than the reduction in revenue. This 
is due to a combination of factors, primarily as a result of the reduction in manufacturing volumes and complimented by 
the decision to exit third-party logistics providers and bringing picking and packing of finished goods in house. Underlying 
net costs associated with outsourcing the warehousing and third-party storage have decreased by £0.4m year on year. 
A phased approach was undertaken to ensure consistency of supply and service levels with the majority of the savings 
being realised in the second half of the year. This has had a positive impact on both costs and the efficiencies of the 
business going forward. 
 
Administrative expenses have decreased by 5.6% to £17.8m in the year (2023: £18.9m). The reduction in costs have 
largely been driven by a combination of cost rationalisation and reduced business activity. Manufacturing efficiencies 
have been enhanced whilst not compromising on customer delivery. The efficient utilisation of the factory along with the 
decrease in units sold has meant that utility costs have reduced by £0.3m to £0.7m (2023: £1.0m). Overhead savings 
have been achieved across most cost headings including indirect payroll. A huge driver of the decrease in overheads 
was the full year impact of the decision made to move to a single shift. This has not had an impact on the output of the 
factory and thus has not impacted on the ability to meet customer demand.  
 
Operating profit before exceptional costs 
 
Operating profit before exceptional costs was marginally reduced year on year to £1.5m (2023: £1.6m). The small 
reduction is a direct result of the improvement in the gross profit margin despite the decline in revenue. Strategic sales 
price increases that balance competitiveness with profitability have positively impacted the operating profit margin. 
Customer price increases have improved the gross profit margin. Additionally, the Group has been efficient in the 
management of its operating costs relative to its revenue. As a result, a greater percentage of revenue is translated into 
profit after covering operating expenses. Operating profit margin before exceptional costs increased to 2.9% (2023: 
2.7%). 
 
Exceptional items 
 
Redundancy costs of £0.02m have been incurred in the year to March 2024. In the previous year, redundancy costs 
incurred of £0.17m were in respect of the closure of the second shift at Peterborough. 
 
As reported in September 2022 there was an additional charge in respect of the acquisition of the Emma Hardie 
business should the Company’s share price fail to attain £1.25 on the first anniversary of the sale. The excess over the 
amount paid at 31 March 2022 amounted to £0.31m and was treated as an exceptional cost in the year to March 
2023. No additional costs in relation to this have been incurred in the year to March 2024.  
 
As required by IAS 36, the Group reassesses its capitalised intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis. Following 
the difficult trading years of the Emma Hardie subsidiary, management have assessed that the brand value acquired on 
acquisition in relation to Emma Hardie has been impaired by £4.4m. This is shown as a separate line item in the 
Consolidated profit and loss account as it is an expense that is not in line with the normal trading operations of the 
Group. The impact of this impairment is not cash impacting and is an entry that reduces the intangible assets (Brand 
value for Emma Hardie) on the balance sheet with a corresponding entry in the Consolidated income statement. The 
associated goodwill and deferred tax liability  was derecognised from the balance sheet. Please refer to notes 3, 8, 13 
and note 14.  
 
EBITDA before exceptional items 
 
The Group has generated Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) of £3.2m (2023: 
£3.0m). This represents an increase of £0.2m despite lower revenue achieved in the year to March 2024.  
 
Tax  
 
The Group has a corporation tax charge of £0.3m (2023: £0.2m). The Group finalised an over provision of the tax 
charge in the previous year in relation to an under provision of the enhanced R&D relief.  
 
(Loss) / Profit after tax  
The Group reported a loss after tax of £3.5m for the year ended 31 March 2024 (2023: Profit £0.5m). 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
14 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Financial Report (continued) 
 
Earnings per share  
 
The diluted earnings per share decreased to negative 5.15p (2023: positive 0.65p). Share options are excluded from 
the earnings per share calculation in the consolidated income statement due to their anti-dilutive effect on the loss after 
tax attributable to equity holders. The EPS has been adversely impacted by the reduction in profit after tax including the 
exceptional costs of £4.4m (2023: £0.5m). The main exceptional item in the current year pertaining to the brand 
impairment of Emma Hardie is a non-cash impacting item. Adjusted diluted earnings per share excluding exceptional 
items for the year were positive 1.42p (2023: 1.05p). 
 
Research and development 
 
The Group undertakes significant research and development (R&D) to identify new brands, proprietary products and 
improved formulations to existing products that address expected market trends to maximise the Group’s market share 
and deliver new opportunities for growth. The spend in the year on research and development was £753,000 (2023: 
£923,000). 
 
The Group’s principal focus in R&D is maintenance and development of brands and products in its existing markets and 
product ranges. As our brands evolve the Group now develops ranges which involve greater innovative development 
and claims substantiation which has changed the nature of our research and development over recent years. One impact 
of this development is improved claims for research and development tax relief.  
 
Cash on hand and working capital  
 
Net cash on hand (cash and cash equivalents less short-term element of obligations under finance leases and 
borrowings) is positive £2.2m (2023: negative £1.2m). The improvement in cash of £3.4m year on year is mainly 
attributable to continued improvements in profit from operations, reduction in inventory and working capital.  
 
Stock  
 
Stock reductions of £2.0m were achieved during the year to March 2024. This was achieved by a targeted reduction in 
purchasing quantities and manufacturing batch sizes to reduce stock holding on both raw materials and finished goods. 
The reduction in stock levels was a key factor in enabling the transfer of finished goods from third-party warehousing 
to the main site in Peterborough.  
 
Return on Capital Employed  
 
The small increase in operating profit before exceptional items coupled with the decrease in net equity and the substantial 
reduction in borrowings has improved return on capital employed by 1.6% from 4.3% to 5.9% (see page 17). This is in 
line with the Group’s objective to provide a stable base for growth. The Group continues to look for opportunities to 
invest in brands that will help drive faster growth in profits. 
 
Net gearing 
 
With the increase in cash generation and reduction in cash outflow the business was able to utilise the cash generated 
to improve its liquidity by reducing its reliance on short term borrowings. Additionally, the Group has reduced its gearing 
by making an overpayment in March 2024 to pay down half of the term loan outstanding at the year end. The Net 
gearing of 3.5% (2023: 22.1%) has decreased by 18.6% percentage points in the year. 
 
Dividend  
 
The Director’s propose a final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2024 of 0.45 pence per ordinary share (2023: nil). 
The Group has exhibited strong operational performance and generated cash which in turn has improved the Group’s 
liquidity and reduced its gearing. This is consistent with the Directors’ objective to align future dividend payments to the 
future underlying earnings and cash requirements of the business. The total dividend paid in the year ended 31 March 
2024 was nil (2023: nil) per ordinary share.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
15 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
The business model 
 
The principal activity of the Group is the development, marketing manufacture and supply of personal care, beauty and 
fragrance products , which includes the development of brands. A review of the operations of the Group during the year 
and current developments are referred to in the Chairman's statement on pages 4 - 6. 
 
The subsidiary undertakings affecting the results of the Group in the year are detailed in note 17 to the financial 
statements. 
 
A fair review of the Group’s business 
 
History 
 
Creightons PLC was registered in 1975 to continue the business of manufacturing and marketing toiletries, first 
established in 1953. It created a number of proprietary brands, although it focused mainly on private label and contract 
manufacturing. It was listed on the London Stock Exchange in 1987. The Group consolidated its manufacturing at the 
Potter and Moore Innovations plant in Peterborough following the acquisition of the Potter and Moore business in 2003 
and disposal of the Storrington site in 2005. The Group acquired the business and assets of the Broad Oak Toiletries site 
in Tiverton in February 2016 further increasing the Group’s sales reach in terms of product and premium customers and 
adding to manufacturing capability and capacity. In June 2019 the Group bought the Balance Active Formula brand. In 
the year ended March 2022 the Group completed the acquisition of the Emma Hardie and Brodie & Stone businesses.  
 
Operating Environment 
 
The beauty products sector principally encompasses products for haircare, skincare, bath & body, male grooming and 
fine fragrance. The market is relatively mature although it is constantly evolving as brands seek to differentiate their 
offering in order to generate sales opportunities. This has resulted in a fragmentation of different sectors, for example, 
with haircare products developed to treat different hair types and conditions. Whilst adding some complexity, this 
segmentation creates opportunities for our business. 
 
Consumers purchase our products through a range of retail and digital outlets, from high quality department stores to 
value driven discounters, with the High Street supermarkets and drug stores in the middle. A significant amount of the 
Group’s products are sold in the UK. Additionally, amounts are sold overseas, either direct to retailers or through 
distributors. 
 
Producers and manufacturers providing products in this marketplace range from major multinational corporations to 
small businesses. Production is now world-wide, with many competitors sourcing a significant proportion of their products 
from outside the UK, either due to greater economies of scale or due to a lower cost base. 
 
The Group purchases its raw materials and components from an extensive range of suppliers in the UK and internationally 
and has built up a significant contact network to keep up to date with prices and market developments. We have a skilled 
team of employees working throughout the supply chain, including procurement, technical, manufacturing and logistics. 
 
All products the Group manufactures conform to EU regulation No. EU 1223:2009 and the equivalent UK regulations, 
which applies to toiletries and cosmetic products. The sites hold appropriate accreditations to conform to this regulation. 
 
The Group’s operations are broadly organised into three business streams: 
 
• 
our own branded business which develops, markets, sells and distributes products we have developed and own 
the rights. These sales are increasingly made direct to consumers. All stock is manufactured to forecast. Key 
brands include internally developed brands such as;  Feather & Down, and The Curl Company. This is in addition 
to the acquired brands Balance Active Formula, Emma Hardie and TZone.  
• 
private label business which focuses on high quality private label products for major high street retailers and 
supermarket chains, with the majority of stock manufactured to forecast. 
• 
contract manufacturing business, which develops and manufactures products on behalf of third-party brand 
owners and typically manufactured to order. 
 
Each of these business streams is supported by commercial and marketing teams. 
 
Each business stream uses central creative, planning, sourcing, finance and administration operations based in 
Peterborough with manufacturing, sales, research and development and logistics operations located at both 
Peterborough and Tiverton. Each business stream is pro-active in the development of new sales and product development 
opportunities for their respective customers.  
 
In addition to developing the existing branded portfolio, the Group considers the acquisition, development and 
investment in new brands to be key in adding value to the business. We will dispose of brands which we have successfully 
grown but are no longer part of our core business. 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
16 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
 
Position of Group business 
 
It is the Directors’ view that the financial position of the Group at the year-end is strong and that the Group has sufficient 
resources to meet its obligations in the normal course of business for the next 12 months. 
 
Current operations 
 
The Group operates through the three main business streams described above, utilising its extensive brand 
management, product development and manufacturing capabilities encompassing bath and body toiletries, skincare, 
hair care, fragrances, and male grooming. The Group has extended its research and development and sales expertise to 
maximise the opportunities afforded by these capabilities. Some of this work has been capitalised and is being amortised 
over the estimated life of the products in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards.  
 
The Group has continued its aggressive development programme of new ranges of branded bath and body toiletries, 
haircare and skincare products. Feather & Down illustrating the potential that can be derived from this investment. The 
Group continues to extend and develop those recently acquired, such as Emma Hardie, T Zone and Balance Active, or 
developed internally and successfully launched such as Feather and Down and The Curl Company. 
 
The Group invests significant resources in developing new products, ensuring the Group adheres to regulations in all of 
the markets it operates in and is forward looking to address future developments in what is a highly regulated market. 
 
Strategy, objectives and future developments  
 
The primary focus for our strategy is returning the Group to sustainable growth in revenues and profits to deliver a 
consistent growing return for shareholders whilst safeguarding against commercial risks. 
 
We aim to deliver this by pursuing the following broad strategies: 
• 
Building brands focusing on our core skills in skin care, haircare, and bath and body, utilising our extensive 
R&D and product development expertise. 
• 
Expanding the private label business and contract manufacturing for third party brands owners by focusing on 
customers and product categories that utilise our market knowledge, technical strengths in product 
development and flexible manufacturing capabilities. 
• 
Creating a positive, supportive environment where all our employees can develop their skills to fulfil their 
ambitions, and to enable them to contribute to achieving the Group’s target of delivering sustainable growth. 
• 
Invest in the business to ensure the Group can meet our customers’ requirements and continuously improve 
productivity in a safe and secure environment.  
• 
Ensure the Group’s costs and asset base match demand, environmental and safety requirements.  
• 
Continuously review our operating procedures to ensure we meet our requirements, reduce complexity and 
utilise improvements in technology. 
• 
Continue to embed social responsibility, environment impact and product and employee safety into the 
Groups’ policies and decision making. 
 
The near-term priorities are: 
• 
Develop and expand our sales team to enable sales growth.  
• 
Leverage the benefits of the successful work to date to improve gross margins, align costs with revenue and 
reduce operational costs. 
• 
Utilise our Research and Development capabilities to support the drive into higher value skincare and suncare 
categories. 
• 
Review our investment in Information Systems to streamline and simplify processes. 
• 
Review the use of our sites to ensure the most cost-effective utilisation of the Group’s capabilities. 
• 
Develop our employees (some of our best employees have grown with the business), through formal training 
programmes and in house mentoring and development.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
17 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Key performance indicators 
 
Management and monitoring of performance 
 
The Directors are mindful that although Creightons PLC is a UK Listing Authority “premium” listed Company, given its 
size many of the ‘big business’ features common in premium listed companies are inappropriate. Recent years’ profitable 
results have been achieved as a result of considerable hard work in focusing management and staff efforts on more 
productive product ranges, improving production and stock holding efficiencies, ensuring high levels of customer service 
and eliminating overhead inefficiencies. This report has been prepared with that in mind and is commensurate with the 
size of the Group’s business. 
 
As a consequence, the Group has limited personnel or other non-financial Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) or targets. 
Each position that becomes vacant is reviewed against our strategic objectives for necessity before authorisation is given 
for it to be filled through either recruitment or promotion.  
 
The Group has committed to set a near term Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) validated emissions reduction target. 
We commit to reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 42% by 2030 from a 2022 base year. In addition, we commit to 
reduce Scope 3 emissions by 25% by 2030 from a 2022 base year. 
 
The Board regularly monitors performance against several key financial indicators, including gross margin, overhead 
cost control, cash/borrowing and stocking levels. Performance is monitored monthly against both budget and prior year. 
 
Financial key performance indicators  
 
These Key Performance Indicators are used to gauge and compare performance in terms of meeting our strategic and 
operational goals. 
• 
Revenue shows the performance of the business. 
• 
Gross margin % (revenue less cost of goods sold, over revenue) indicates production and purchasing 
efficiencies. 
• 
Profit for the year shows the return to shareholders. 
• 
Operating profit before exceptional items (gross profit less operating expenses) shows profit earned from the 
normal business operations. 
• 
EBITDA (Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation & Amortisation) provides a reflection of the operating 
profitability of the business. 
• 
Return on capital employed (Operating profit/Employed Capital + Long & short term debt) ensures that the 
business generates sufficient returns to pay for its cost of capital. 
• 
Net Gearing (Total net debt/Shareholders’ funds) shows the extent to which operations are funded by 
lenders versus shareholders. Indicating potential exposure to external interest rate fluctuations (financial 
risk) alongside shareholder investment in the business. 
• 
Net cash on hand is defined as Cash and cash equivalents less current lease liabilities and borrowings. This 
shows the immediately available cash for use in operating activities or available for investments. 
• 
Stocking levels shows the working capital currently invested in inventory. High levels indicates lock up of 
working capital. 
 
  
2024 
2023 
Movement 
 
£000 
£000 
 
Sales 
53,194 
58,567 
Decrease of 9.2% 
Gross Margin 
42.9% 
41.6% 
Increase of 1.3% 
(Loss) / Profit after tax for the year  
(3,527) 
514 
Decrease of 786.2% 
Operating profit before exceptional items 
1,538 
1,584 
Decrease of 2.9% 
Operating margin before exceptional items 
2.9% 
2.7% 
Increase of 0.2% 
EBITDA before exceptional item - impairment 
3,239 
3,001 
Increase of 7.9% 
Return on capital employed  
5.9% 
4.3% 
Increase of 1.6% 
Net gearing (including obligations under leases) 
3.5% 
22.1% 
Decrease of 18.6% 
Net cash on hand 
2,167 
(1,222) 
Increase of 277.3% 
Stocking levels 
8,225 
10,228 
Decrease of 19.6% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
18 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Key performance indicators (continued) 
 
EBITDA is calculated by adjusting the operating profit for depreciation and amortised development costs as detailed 
below. 
 
  
2024 
2023 
Movement 
  
£000 
£000 
 
Operating Profit  
 (2,928)  
1,419 
Decrease of 306.3% 
Depreciation 
 1,360  
1,294 
Increase of 5.1% 
Amortisation 
 358  
288 
Increase of 24.3% 
Exceptional items – Impairment 
4,449 
- 
Increase of 100% 
EBITDA  
 3,239  
3,001 
Increase of 7.9% 
 
 
Net Gearing is calculated by taking the total net borrowings over the total equity as detailed below. 
 
  
2024 
2023 
Movement 
  
£000 
£000 
 
Total Lease liabilities 
 984  
 1,290  Decrease of 23.7% 
Total Borrowings 
 2,935  
 5,990  Decrease of 51.0% 
Less cash on hand 
 3,138  
 1,653  Increase of 89.8% 
Total net borrowings 
 781  
 5,627  Decrease of 86.1% 
Net equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent Company 
22,055 
25,479 
Decrease of 13.4% 
Net gearing % 
3.5% 
22.1% 
Decrease of 18.6% 
 
Return on Capital Employed is calculated by dividing operating profit by net equity plus lease liabilities and borrowings. 
See below.  
 
 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
Operating Profit before exceptional items 
1,538 
1,584 
Net Equity  
22,055 
25,479  
Total Lease liabilities 
984 
1,290  
Total Borrowings 
2,935 
5,990 
Return on Capital Employed 
5.9% 
4.8% 
 
Health and Safety 
 
This Non-financial key performance indicators is a metric that reflects the operational health and commitment to the 
well-being of employees. A culture of safety reduces workplace accidents and injuries which would ultimately impact the 
productivity of the business. There was 1 incident involving an employee which required reporting to the HSE. This did 
not result in adverse HSE reports or recommendations. In the previous year there were 5 reported incidents. The 
individuals involved have fully recovered and were able to return to work with no long-term effects after their incident. 
The Group continuously monitors and revises its operating, training and monitoring procedures as appropriate to ensure 
that the safety of employees and contractors is maintained to a high standard and ensures there is no deterioration in 
compliance with these standards. 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
 
The Board regularly monitors exposure to key risks, such as those related to production efficiencies, cash position and 
competitive position relating to sales. It has also taken account of the risks facing the business from the challenging 
economic environment including inflationary pressures, higher interest rates and their impact on consumer demand. 
Further details of mitigating measures taken by management are set out on page 2. 
 
It also monitors risks not directly or specifically financial, but capable of having a major impact on the business’s financial 
performance if there is any failure. The key risks and the measures taken to manage these risks are noted below. 
 
Capital structure, cash flow and liquidity 
 
The Group has a strong balance sheet. The business is funded using; retained earnings, a long term mortgage, term 
loan and sale and lease back arrangements to support investments in fixed assets, invoice financing and overdraft 
facilities for working capital. Further details are set out in notes 23 and 24. 
 
At 31 March 2024 the invoicing financing is in a surplus position of £6,100 as the facility is not being utilised. The 
operations have generated sufficient cash to improve its liquidity. In the year to 31 March 2023 the facility was utilised 
to fund the activities during the year (2023: £1,557,000). At 31 March 2024 the Group has utilised its overdraft facility 
by £37,000 (2023: £26,000). Further details are set out in note 21 in relation to cashflow and liquidity risk. 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
19 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Competitive environment 
 
The Group operates in a highly competitive environment in which demand for products can vary and customers have 
the opportunity to transfer business to other suppliers. The Group works to minimise this risk by developing close 
relationships with customers offering quality, service and innovation throughout the business. This risk is also further 
reduced through the development of its branded product portfolio and by the diversity of customers and products offered. 
All customers are credit insured or pay on proforma basis before supply. 
 
Quality and Safety 
 
The Group treats quality as its key requirement for all products and strives to deliver performance products for every 
price point. Failure to achieve the required quality and safety standards would have severe consequences for the Group, 
from financial penalties to the damage to customer relationships. The Group has a robust product development process 
to mitigate risk wherever possible and to ensure all products are safe and fit for purpose. The Group is subject to frequent 
internal and external safety, environmental, ethical and quality audits covering both accreditations held and a number 
of specific operating standards our customers require us to comply with. 
 
Global economic environment 
 
The cost-of-living crisis in the U.K. continues to abate consumer demand. The Group strategy of pursuing a multi-channel 
approach to the market and a broad multi-category product offering continues to serve us well during times when 
consumer demand is impacted by a cost-of-living crisis. 
 
The BOE base interest rates have increased by 1.25% to 5.25% in response to inflationary pressures. This has had a 
negative impact on consumer demand and the viability of many businesses. The rate of increase in commodities has 
eased in the second half of the current financial year but core domestic inflation and the prospect of prolonged higher 
interest rates remains a cause for concern. The rate of domestic inflation has reduced but not to the levels expected 
which has meant the BOE have held their base rate. Please see note 21 for impact of interest sensitivity on our current 
level of gearing.  
 
The global supply chain continues to be impacted by the war in Ukraine and the Red Sea issues due to the ongoing 
conflict in the Middle East. The cost of importation of goods has increased as well as delivery lead times. These continue 
to be closely managed by working collaboratively with our supply base.  
 
The Group monitors C.P.I’s across all categories of supply. Mitigation measures included product re-engineering, re-
formulating, and increasing customer selling prices where appropriate. 
 
The Directors have taken account of these potential impacts in their going concern assessments and have concluded 
that the direct impact is not significant to the business, with the indirect impact of price increases being reviewed on a 
regular basis. In the face of these challenges the focus of the business will be on positive cash generation and restoration 
of profitability.  
 
Credit risk 
 
Our credit risk is that our customers are unable to pay, and we believe this risk is elevated currently due to the current 
global economic climate. We proactively manage the risks faced by our customers by working closely with them and by 
increasing debtor management and expanding our credit insurance. All customers’ debtor balances, are within insured 
credit limits or they pay on a pro-forma basis. Credit control processes are in place to manage credit risk including 
setting appropriate credit limits and the enforcement of credit terms and ongoing dialogue with all customers. We 
minimise the risk from concentration of customers through implementation of these credit processes and this risk is 
mitigated through the diversity of our customer base both by channel and geography. We remain vigilant to the credit 
risks in light of the challenging economic environment.  
 
Supplier sourcing and costs 
 
Cost increases as a result of inflation together with pressures on supply of materials globally are our key supplier-related 
risks. The pressure on global supply chains has eased but there remains uncertainty around future commodity pricing. 
We continue to work closely with suppliers and have used our improved sourcing capabilities to expand our supply base 
to ensure that we can meet the demand from our existing and new customers and minimise the impact of cost price 
increases. We have an ongoing dialogue and communication with our customers to mitigate the impact on the business.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
20 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Environmental protection standards and sustainability 
 
The Group’s technical department continues to monitor all relevant environmental regulations that the Group must 
adhere to, to ensure continued compliance. We have successfully operated at both manufacturing sites without a 
cessation in production due to an environmental incident. The risk of cessation of production from an environmental 
breach is considered to be low but in such an event we would be able to move production to the other site or to outsource 
to third party manufacturers in the short term. 
 
The Group’s objective is to keep ahead of the move towards more sustainable products and processes. There is a risk 
that if we do not take action we will be left behind and unable to meet our customers’ requirements. However, the Group 
sees the move towards sustainability as an opportunity for business growth. 
 
 
Cyber security  
 
Cyber Security remains a significant threat to all businesses. The Group is exposed to the risk of sophisticated cyber-
attacks aimed at causing direct financial loss from theft of funds, ransom payments, and costs associated with system 
recovery and data restoration. Such attacks also lead to business interruption, causing lost productivity and revenue. 
There is also a heightened risk of theft and encryption of confidential data for financial gain and reputational damage.  
 
The Group has continued to invest in new software and resources to minimise the risk of anyone accessing our systems 
and information. We have enhanced our ongoing training programme for employees to ensure that they are constantly 
aware of their role in protecting the business from all cyber security threats. The Group has an insurance policy in place 
to minimise its exposure to cybercrime.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
21 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Section 172 statement 
 
In accordance with the requirements of Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 the Directors are aware of their duty to 
act in the way they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the Group for the benefits of 
its members in the long term and in doing so have regard to: 
 
• 
the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term; 
• 
the interests of the Group’s employees; 
• 
the need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others; 
• 
the impact of the Group’s operations on the community and the environment; 
• 
the reputation for a high standard of business conduct; and 
• 
the need to act fairly between members of the Company. 
 
 
Whilst the importance of giving due consideration to our stakeholders is not new, we are explaining in more detail how 
the Board engages with our stakeholders to comply with the Section 172 requirement to include a statement setting out 
how our Directors have discharged this duty. 
 
The Board regularly reviews our principal stakeholders and how we engage with them. The stakeholder voice is brought 
into the boardroom throughout the annual cycle through information provided by management and by direct engagement 
with stakeholders where appropriate. The relevance of each stakeholder group may increase or decrease depending on 
the matter or issue in question, so the Board seeks to consider the needs and priorities of each stakeholder group during 
its discussions and as part of its decision-making. Details of our principal stakeholders, how and why we engage with 
them is detailed below; 
  
Shareholders 
A key objective of the Board is to deliver long term sustainable growth for our shareholders and to maintain effective 
communication with our shareholders to explain business performance and strategy. The Group’s principal means of 
communicating with shareholders is through the Annual Report and Financial Statements. The AGM also provides an 
opportunity for shareholders to ask questions of the Directors.  
 
Customers 
The Directors believe that good relationships with our customers are a key component in the long term success of the 
Group. These relationships are based on our commitment to provide our customers with quality, service and innovation. 
We engage with a diverse range of customers from high quality department stores to value-driven discounters and also 
brand owners within our contract division. Through the combined efforts of our specialist commercial and technical teams 
we aim to provide a product offering suited to the needs of our customers. We work closely with all of our customers to 
ensure fair trading agreements are in place and we strive to work closely to identify shared opportunities to increase 
sales to ensure mutual growth in sales and profits. Our customers include consumers who purchase through a variety 
of digital platforms and we recognise the increasing importance of effective communication with this expanding customer 
group.  
 
Employees 
The Directors recognise the crucial role of all our employees in the success of the Group and are committed to enhancing 
its methods of engagement with the workforce with thorough regular briefings, direct communications through text 
messages and regular meetings with employee representatives through works councils. The Group offers an open and 
inclusive culture where employees are offered the opportunity to progress within the business.  
 
Suppliers 
Raw material and component prices constitute the significant proportion of the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) and supply 
chain issues in terms of pricing and delays have a major impact on business performance and continuity. We aim to 
work responsibly with our suppliers and seek to maintain mutually beneficial and strategic relationships over the long 
term. A due diligence exercise is carried out with new suppliers and ongoing suppliers’ performance is monitored 
including adherence to our Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement. We ensure all suppliers are treated fairly 
when negotiating trading terms, including prompt payment for goods and services. We work proactively with our 
suppliers to support our vegan and cruelty-free claims on our products and to ensure we are up to date with the latest 
technology and market trends. 
 
Community 
The Directors recognise the importance of having no detrimental effect on the local communities in which the business 
operates. To support the local community wherever possible, we engage local contractors and suppliers. We also 
contribute to local charities by supplying product free of charge. The Directors are aware of the challenges of climate 
change and have put in place mechanisms to ensure climate change considerations are incorporated into the strategic 
decisions of the business. These are fully more fully described in the TCFD report on pages 24 to 32.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
22 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Section 172 statement (continued) 
 
 
Key decisions made during the year, all of which have long-term implications for the ultimate success of the Group and 
the section 172 and stakeholder considerations are set out below. 
 
Key Board Decision 
Section 172 and Stakeholder Consideration 
Changes to Board structure 
• 
Appointment of new 
Managing Director 
 
• 
Appointment of new non-
Executive Directors 
• 
These appointments and amendments to the Board supplement the wide 
experience of the existing Directors, thereby enhancing the quality of 
decision making at board level, for the benefit of all stakeholders in the 
long-term. 
Full integration of Emma Hardie into 
the Groups’ operations 
• 
In December 2023 the decision was made to integrate the operations of 
Emma Hardie within the main operating business in Peterborough. This has 
reduced the costs attributable to the brand for the longer term and will 
ensure the same rigorous control environment will be applied to this 
business for the benefit of shareholders, employees, customers and 
suppliers.  
Impairment of Emma Hardie Brand  
• 
As required by IAS 36, the Group reassesses its capitalised intangible 
assets for impairment on an annual basis. Following the difficult trading 
years of the Emma Hardie subsidiary, the Board have assessed that the 
brand value acquired on acquisition in relation to Emma Hardie has been 
impaired by £4.4m.  
• 
This is shown as a separate line item in the consolidated profit and loss 
account as it is an expense that is not in line with the normal trading 
operations of the Group.  
Dividend policy 
• 
Having faced the challenging and volatile economic conditions over the past 
couple of years the Directors now consider it appropriate to reward 
shareholders with a prudent final dividend payment for the year ended 31 
March 2024. This is consistent with the Directors’ objective to align future 
dividend payments to the future underlying earnings and cash requirements 
of the business and the need to be prudent about utilisation of cash 
resources. 
Reducing Net Gearing  
• 
Given the improved operating profit of the Group and its ability to generate 
positive cash, the Board deemed it appropriate to reduce the level of 
borrowing within the Group. Specifically, loans that attracted a high rate of 
interest. As a result, the Board made a decision to repay 50% of the 
remaining Term loan balance.  
Renewal of Bank Facilities 
• 
Bank facilities were renewed which provided adequate resources for the 
business to ensure the Group can continue to operate for the benefit of all 
stakeholders. 
 
The Board ensures that items requiring Board approval highlight relevant stakeholder considerations to be reviewed 
when making decisions. As required, the Company Secretary will provide support to the Board to help ensure that 
sufficient consideration is given to stakeholder issues. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
23 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Corporate and social responsibility 
 
The Group is mindful of its wider responsibilities as a significant local employer in both its principal locations and of the 
contribution it makes to the local economy both where it and its suppliers are based. The Group adheres to Modern 
Slavery and Human Trafficking Policies and adheres to best practice with regard to employment practices.  
 
The Group is committed to operating in an honest way and without the use of corrupt practices or acts of bribery to 
obtain an unfair advantage. The Group has an Anti-bribery policy which prohibits bribes, gifts, inappropriate 
entertainment and hospitality as well as the avoidance of conflict of interest through personal or other relationships. 
 
We value and respect our employees and endeavour to engage their talent and ability fully. Whilst the Group does not 
operate a formal personal performance appraisal process, individual managers and supervisors undertake continuous 
performance monitoring and appraisal for their subordinates, and routinely report the results of these to their own 
managers. Part of this monitoring and appraisal includes assessment of training required for personal development as 
well as succession planning within the Group, and all employees are encouraged to undertake appropriate training to 
develop their skills and enhance their career opportunities. 
 
The Group has formally adopted an Environmental Policy, which requires management to work closely with local 
environmental protection authorities and agencies, and as a minimum, meet all environmental legislation. The Group 
uses significant amounts of plastics, cardboard packaging and chemicals in its products. It ensures it meets all regulations 
covering their use and has specific programmes covering; 
• 
Sustainable palm oil; we are a member of Roundtable for Sustainable Palm Oil, holding their supply chain 
accreditation. 99.9% of palm oil derivatives purchased by the Group are sustainably sourced. 
• 
Packaging waste; all plastic and cardboard waste generated by the Group is recycled. 
• 
Post-Consumer Recycled materials; we have an active development programme to use ‘post-consumer recycled’ 
materials in the manufacture of our products where practicable. 
• 
Progress on TCFD measures reporting was made during the year. We have continued to engage with consultants 
to assist in the formulation of a strategy and science-based targets. 
 
The tables below show the number of employees by gender in the Group as at 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023. 
 
 
Group 2024 
Company 2024 
 
Female 
Male 
Female 
Male 
Directors, including Non-Executive Directors 
1 
6 
1 
6 
Senior Managers 
2 
5 
- 
- 
Other employees 
235 
141 
- 
- 
 
 
 
Group 2023 
Company 2023 
 
Female 
Male 
Female 
Male 
Directors, including Non-Executive Directors 
1 
6 
1 
6 
Senior Managers 
3 
5 
- 
- 
Other employees 
260 
146 
- 
- 
 
 
The Group has formal Staff Handbooks, which cover all major aspects of staff discipline and grievance procedure, Health 
and Safety regulations, and the Group’s non-discrimination policy. 
 
Disabled persons 
  
The Group's policy is to fully consider all applications for employment from disabled persons in relation to the vacancy 
concerned. In the event of existing staff members becoming disabled, every effort would be made to enable them to 
maintain their present position or to provide appropriate training and find an alternative role within another department. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
24 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting 
 
The Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) was established by the Financial Stability Board to 
improve reporting of climate-related risks and opportunities (CROs). Creightons PLC has structured its climate 
disclosures according to the TCFD recommendations. 
  
According to the Financial Conduct Authority listing rule LR 9.8.6 R(8), reporting is on a ‘comply or explain’ basis. 
Creightons PLC is consistent with the TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures, with the exception of 
Strategy 2c. 
 
Pages 24 to 32 covers the work completed to ensure consistency with the TCFD recommendations and sets out the 
activities Creightons PLC has planned during the financial year ending 31st March 2025. 
 
Governance 
 
The Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities 
 
The Board 
 
The Board is responsible for providing strategic guidance in respect of Creightons PLC’s Environmental, Social and 
Governance (ESG) programme, including actions to address climate-related matters and consider potential CROs. It 
reviews climate-related reporting as part of the overall assessment of the Annual Report. An update on ESG related 
topics is presented to the board on a six-monthly basis by the chair of the ESG Committee, the Group Deputy 
Managing Director.  
 
The Board considers climate-related risks and opportunities when setting strategy, budgets (including capex) and 
presently the Board does not yet see significant climate-related impacts on budgets, financial planning, and capex 
within the timescale of the planning and budgeting process. 
 
Creightons PLC has delayed setting more detailed emissions targets which were originally planned to be set by October 
2023. This decision was taken to allow the onboarding of Qonstrue (third party consultants) and their sustainability 
platform which is giving a more structured approach to climate related risks and GHG targets. Also working with 
Qonstrue the Group is committing to participate in the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) by completing the climate 
module in the FY2024/25 disclosure cycle. The Group has committed to set a near term Science Based Targets 
initiative (SBTi) validated emissions reduction target. We commit to reduce scope 1 and 2 emissions by 42% by 2030 
from a 2022 base year. In addition, we commit to reduce Scope 3 emissions by 25% by 2030 from a 2022 base year. 
 
Governance Framework 
 
The governance structure provides updates and information to the Board to ensure it can make informed decisions. 
The Board is also responsible for overseeing and monitoring the management of all business risks and opportunities, 
including CROs. 
 
In terms of reporting lines, the TCFD Working Group identifies CROs and develops climate-related financial disclosures, 
which are reported to the Environmental, Social and Governance Committee which has direct responsibility for 
principal risks and uncertainties as well as challenging the outputs of the TCFD Working Group. This committee is led 
by the Group Deputy Managing Director, who is a Creightons PLC board member with direct influence at board level. 
 
The governance of climate-related issues is set out in the graphic below. 
 
TCFD Governance Structure 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Creightons PLC 
Board
Remuneration 
Committee
Audit Committee
ESG Commitee
TCFD Working 
Group
ESG Working 
Groups

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
25 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting (continued) 
 
Role of Senior Management 
 
ESG Committee 
 
The ESG Committee is responsible for all matters pertaining to environmental, social and governance issues. Each 
committee member is responsible for the execution of an action plan within a key business area. The key 
responsibilities of the ESG Committee are: 
• 
Delivery of the ESG action plan and monitoring progress.  
• 
Developing and adhering to a board-approved roadmap of emissions reduction opportunities and developing 
and monitoring progress.  
• 
Collaborating with subject matter experts within the business to deliver objectives around responsible 
sourcing, waste, plastics, and packaging. 
• 
The ESG committee adopted the Qonstrue platform to build on, record and monitor the ESG action plan and 
net zero commitment and use this platform to provide structure to a board approved roadmap of emissions 
reduction opportunities and developing and monitoring progress.  
 
TCFD Working Group 
 
Reporting to the ESG Committee is a TCFD Working Group which is responsible for the development of climate-related 
financial disclosures including identifying climate-related risks and opportunities and assessing their business and 
financial impacts, identifying potential responses, and ensuring appropriate stakeholder input. 
 
The TCFD Working Group works in collaboration with the ESG Committee in developing and adhering to emission 
reduction opportunities and developing and monitoring progress for the purposes of consistency with the TCFD 
recommendations. 
 
External Advice 
 
Creightons PLC engaged third party consultants for expert external advice to supplement the capabilities within the 
Group and assist in establishing initial data systems and reporting frameworks for our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, as 
well as, assisting in identifying and analysing CROs and to understand the potential impacts from physical climate 
change risks and risks associated with the transition to a decarbonised economy. 
 
Key Activities 
 
Board Level 
 
Key Activities Financial year ended 31 March 2024 
• 
The Board reviewed the CROs identified by the TCFD Working Group. 
• 
The Board, having reviewed progress has decided to on-board Qonstrue and their sustainability platform to 
allow setting of accurate targets. 
• 
The TCFD statement, including CRO and climate related activities are reviewed as part of the annual report.  
 
Focus Financial year ending 31 March 2025 
• 
Due to the volatility in energy markets over the past few years the Group has been in an energy contract with 
a specific supplier. Contract ends in October 2024, and we will review options for certified green energy. 
• 
The Group is evaluating a capex plan to start installation of solar power from 2025 with the programme to 
continue to 2030. 
 
Senior Level 
 
Key Activities Financial year ended 31 March 2024 
• 
Completed the Envantage Carbon Roadmap programme to provide training and remain up to date. 
• 
Annual review of climate related risks and opportunities. 
• 
The board commissioned an Earth Scan analysis to determine the physical climate related risks associated 
with both manufacturing sites. 
 
Focus Financial year ending 31 March 2025 
• 
We have decided to take a very structured approach to sustainability and our understanding and improving our 
carbon footprint. Hence the onboarding Qonstrue’s net zero platform to add focus to our journey.  
• 
Prepare SBTi data for validation in FYE 31 March 2026. 
• 
Complete CDP climate module in the FY2024/25 disclosure  
• 
Continually review CRO where required. 
• 
Maintain transparency with customers on climate related matters by continuing to complete their questionnaires 
and answer their queries. 
• 
Preparation for ISO14001 for May 2025 integrated with the renewal of ISO9001. 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
26 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting (continued) 
 
Operational Level 
 
Key Activities Financial year ended 31 March 2024 
• 
Continued energy savings and education initiatives throughout the business 
• 
Top 200 suppliers across raw material and packaging have been surveyed in relation to their GHG emissions 
across scope 1, 2 and 3 as well as their approach to climate related risks. 
 
Focus Financial year ending 31 March 2025 
• 
Analysis of all data from the top 200 suppliers by including supplier specific data into our sustainability 
platform and then using this to set a possible action plan. 
• 
ESOS phase 3 report was finalised ready for submission by the required deadline. 
• 
Continue to maintain energy monitoring across production sites. 
• 
Reviewing GHG emissions from upstream and downstream transportation and working on initiatives to reduce 
these. 
• 
Using Qonstrue platform to establish a revised environmental manual and associated polices and standard 
operating procedures.  
 
Strategy 
 
The climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long-term 
 
Creightons PLC conducts an annual review of climate related risks and opportunities under the below categories, 
evaluating their short, medium and long-term likelihood, along with their financial, operational, and reputational 
impacts. 
 
A comprehensive risk analysis has taken place looking at the following risk categories: Current regulations, future 
regulations, legal, technology, market, reputation, physical risk (acute and chronic) as well as these opportunities 
categories: resource efficiency, energy source, products and service, market, and resilience. 
 
These risks and opportunities have been identified over short (before 2025), medium (2030) and long-term (post 2030 
- 2050) time horizons.  
 
Consideration was given to the likelihood (time horizon) of the risk impacting Creightons PLC. A risk score was 
generated (impact x likelihood) and those scoring greater than 12 were classed as substantive (indicated in table 
below). 
 
A summary of the substantive risks and their primary financial impacts are in the table below and remain unchanged 
from the previous financial year. 
 
Risk 
Category 
Risk Type 
Primary Financial 
impacts 
Impact 
Likelihood 
Time 
Horizon 
Score 
Technology 
Substitution of existing 
products and services 
with lower emissions 
options 
Increased direct costs 
3 
5 
Short-term 
15 
Market 
Changing customer 
behaviour 
Decreased revenues 
due to reduced demand 
for products and 
services 
4 
3 
Medium-
term 
12 
Increased cost of raw 
materials 
Increased indirect 
(operating) costs 
4 
4 
Short-term 
16 
Reputation 
Increased stakeholder 
concern or negative 
stakeholder feedback 
Decreased revenues 
due to reduced demand 
for products and 
services 
4 
3 
Medium-
term 
12 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
27 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting (continued) 
 
A summary of the substantive opportunity and its primary financial impact are in the table below. 
 
Opportunity Category 
Opportunity 
Type 
Primary 
Financial 
impacts 
Impact 
Likelihood 
Time 
Horizon 
Score 
Energy Source 
Use of lower-
emission sources 
of energy 
Reduced indirect 
(operating) costs 
3 
5 
Medium-
term 
15 
 
Risk Category - Regulatory and Legal 
 
Impact Assessment  
 
• 
Short Term 
o 
Developing a transition plan in-line with the potential Mandatory Climate Transition Plan for businesses. 
o 
Creightons is within the scope of packaging waste, EPR and plastic tax commitments. 
• 
Medium Term 
o 
Based on our Scope 1 and 2 emissions, the impact on Creightons PLC caused by carbon taxation or 
changes in carbon pricing mechanisms would be minor as this would be offset by future investment in 
solar power and anticipated recovery by price increases where required. 
o 
Following our scope 3 emissions screening, the indirect cost of carbon taxation through the wider 
supply chain both within the UK and abroad would materially impact Creightons PLC. 
o 
The Group are under increased reporting obligations as a premium listed Group. Implementation of 
the TCFD recommendations is supported by external consultants and takes internal resources to deliver 
this. 
• 
Long Term 
o 
Creighton’s PLC has taken steps to minimise its exposure to greenwashing claims. It has controls in 
place to ensure it does not overstate its environmental claims on products and is working with industry 
experts on ensuring the quality of its climate related data. 
o 
Creighton’s PLC provides guidance for its customers and is well prepared for mitigating this risk and 
avoiding potential reputational exposure. 
 
Risk Category – Technological, Market and Reputational 
 
Impact Assessment 
 
• 
Short Term 
o 
Increased expenditure around the replacement of energy inefficient production and office equipment. 
o 
As customers look to become more sustainable and address climate change, it is likely that demand 
for products with lower emissions and more sustainably sourced raw materials could increase. There 
can be challenges with some of the 'more sustainable' raw material substitutions.  
• 
Medium Term 
o 
Several key customers have signed up to the British Retail Consortium Climate Action Roadmap. This 
sets an ambition for them to achieve Net Zero emissions by 2040. If we do not work in conjunction 
with them, there is a risk that they may choose to work with other suppliers that match their 
ambition. 
o 
Increased requests for information from customers around climate action and its impact on internal 
resources. 
o 
Increased demand for sustainable materials affecting availability in the supply chain.  
• 
Long Term 
o 
Creightons PLC has a robust capital expenditure review process; however, there is a longer-term risk 
of installing a technology that is quickly overtaken by newer advancements in low emission 
technology. 
 
Risk Category – Physical (Acute and Chronic) 
 
Impact Assessment 
 
• 
Medium Term 
o 
Impact to raw material availability and delays in supply chain and distribution. 
o 
Heat stress caused by the rise in mean temperatures may lead to increased capital expenditure may 
be required to provide safe and comfortable working environments for employees. 
• 
Long Term 
o 
Reduced labour and equipment productivity due to extremes in temperature. 
o 
Disruption due to potable and process water supply reduction could impact manufacturing and 
commercial operations, coupled with high water costs. 
o 
Factory and infrastructure damage. 
o 
The operating risk have low to medium risk scores in terms of flooding, with procedures in place to 
minimise risks. 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
28 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting (continued) 
 
Opportunity Category – Resource Efficiency and Energy Source 
 
• 
Short Term 
o 
Reviewing low-emission technologies such as solar panels, fitting air source heat pumps, installing 
LED lighting / PIR’s and efficient compressed air use will require upfront capex costs but could 
develop cost savings through operating efficiencies over time. 
o 
Developing products with more Post Consumer Regrind (PCR) recycled content could develop cost 
savings through operating efficiencies over time. 
o 
Better pallet utilisation to reduce transportation emissions. 
o 
To develop transportation efficiencies and reduce costs. 
o 
Continual training of staff on energy saving opportunities. 
o 
Re-organisation of internal warehousing to reduce transport costs and usage of third-party 
warehousing across both manufacturing sites. 
• 
Medium Term 
o 
Reviewing opportunities to reduce wastewater by improving process department cooling system. 
 
Opportunity Category – Products and Services, Market and Resilience 
 
Impact Assessment 
 
• 
Medium Term 
o 
Increasing consumer demand for sustainable products could enable Creightons PLC to increase its 
market share. 
o 
Having Creightons PLC be at the forefront of sustainable formulations, products and packaging design 
as well as providing good quality accurate sustainability data could help us gain new customers and 
retain current ones. 
 
o 
This opportunity will be maximised if sustainable products are affordable to consumers, otherwise 
consumers may choose more affordable less sustainable products due to budget constraints. 
 
The resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 
2°C or lower scenario. 
 
We continue to review and identify the CROs we could be exposed to over different time horizons and described the 
impact of these CROs on our business. This helps to integrate our management risk response and potential adaptations 
to strategy and financial planning.  
 
• 
The board has put in procedures to assess the impact of climate related issues and all its impacts. We have 
employed consultants to assist in the formulation of a holistic climate related strategy.  
• 
The board recognises the increasing importance of climate related issues on our business and all points in our 
supply chain. We recognise that climate related issues are not a standalone activity and we have taken 
measures to ensure that climate related processes are integrated into the financial planning and manufacturing 
processes.  
• 
Following the scope 3 and CRO analysis our substantive risks revolve around changing customer behaviour and 
requests for information from suppliers. The ESG committee has worked extremely hard to respond to all 
customer requests for information regarding climate change and climate related issues. Expertise within the 
committee is expanding due to continued collaboration with our consultants as well as involvement in industry 
seminars / webinars and close working with our trade association. 
• 
The ESG committee has started sending out scope 3 questionnaires to our supply base, as well as, looking at 
the emissions associated with up and downstream transportation and how this can be reduced.  
 
Creightons PLC conducted an EarthScan review to look at the physical risks associated with its main manufacturing 
sites. These included: coastal and riverine flooding risk, wind risk, precipitation risk, heat stress, drought, and wildfire 
danger. 
 
Assets are given a EarthScan Rating™, from A (very low climate-related risk) to F (extremely high climate-related risk) 
and are based on the following scenarios, 2°C or lower, business as usual and peak 2040 and includes visualisations of 
the groups short- (2025), medium- (2030), and long-term (2050) physical risks. 
 
Creightons PLC has two United Kingdom based manufacturing assets that have been assessed for their physical 
climate risk exposure over the period of 1970 to 2050. Both assets are already rated C or lower in the combined 
physical hazards category. Currently heat stress is highlighting a risk across this portfolio, rating as a C for both sites. 
Historically, these assets would have been rated B across combined hazards. Projecting future changes under all the 
scenarios, the portfolio combined risk score is expected to stay as a C by 2050. However, the Devon site physical risk 
score is expected to rise to a D due to the increased heat stress score. The combined physical risk score for 
Peterborough will remain as a C by the mid-century. 
 
Based on the main physical risk being heat stress to both employees and infrastructure, we believe we have assessed 
these risks addressed these by improving cooling in the factories. 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
29 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting (continued) 
 
Presently we have only looked at scenario analysis relating to physical risks, this will be expanded into the key areas 
identified as having substantive risks in our CRO matrix, which come under the risk category ‘Technological, Market 
and Reputational’. 
 
Our assessment is that climate related issues will not have a long-term impact on the viability of the business, however 
we are committed to acting in a responsible manner to meet all our obligations. 
 
Risk Management 
 
Processes for identifying and assessing climate related risks 
 
To assess the identified risks and opportunities, a CRO matrix was completed and considered the following areas: 
 
Risk categories: Current regulations, future regulations, legal, technology, market, reputation, Physical risk (acute and 
chronic) 
Opportunities categories: Resource efficiency, energy source, products and service, market, and resilience. 
 
Substantive risks were highlighted along with the management / mitigation methods, as well as the financial impact. A 
detailed explanation of this can be found in sections 2a and 2b. These are reviewed at least annually, or as new or 
emerging climate risks are identified. 
 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions have reduced from 1076.6 tonnes CO2e (FY22) to 909.4 tonnes CO2e in FY23. 
 
Presently scope 3 emissions are calculated a year in lieu. They were screened using a hybrid model using a 
combination of financial data and actual weights for packaging materials for the financial year ending 31st March 2023. 
This is an inherently difficult and time-consuming process, and we are constantly striving to improve the quality and 
accuracy of the data used to generate the report. For FY23 the data used for packaging has transcended from a 
mixture of weight and financial screening to one based on actual packaging weight purchased. Packaging has been the 
initial focus on weight as it was also required to be compliant with UK plastic tax. The remaining scope 3 categories are 
based on financial spend. Moving forward we anticipate transcending raw material purchases from financial spend to 
weight in FY2024/25 which contributes the largest proportion of scope 3 emissions. 
 
Total emissions in FY23 totalled 31,215.5 tonnes CO2e. Scope 3 emissions total 30,306.1 tonnes CO2e, accounting for 
97.1%. The most impactful areas of Creightons PLC’s value chain are, purchased goods and services, accounting for 
20,890.6 tCO2e and services including emissions from packaging and raw materials, and the downstream 
transportation and distribution of finished products accounting for 6,904.3 tCO2e. These key areas account for almost 
90% of the inventory total.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
30 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting (continued) 
 
This is a major decrease in our overall GHG emissions compared to the previous base line financial year (ending 31 
March 2022), where total emissions were 45,369.6. tonnes CO2e with scope 3 emissions of 44,293.0 tonnes CO2e, 
accounting for 97.6%. See breakdown below. 
 
 
 
It is important to note that the Scope 3 Assessment has been done in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol: 
Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard and the Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard. The original Scope 
3 emissions figures for our base year ending 31 March 2022 were originally calculated using the Quantis Scope 3 
Evaluator. This tool has now been retired. The new emission factors for FY23 have been provided by Exiobase. This 
tool has also been used to recalculate the base year FY22, so comparisons above remain valid. 
 
Processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate related risks  
 
Risk Category - Regulatory and Legal 
 
Risk Response 
 
• 
Short Term 
o 
We work with government bodies and external consultants to ensure we are fully compliant with our 
plastic tax, EPR and packaging waste obligations. 
o 
Developing and refining Net Zero and science-based targets, along with a detailed action plan in 
conjunction with Qonstrue. 
o 
Continue to monitor new and amended legislation via working with industry groups and external 
consultants. 
o 
The business is aware of UK Deforestation and EU deforestation legislation.  
 
• 
Medium Term 
o 
To mitigate carbon pricing mechanisms, we will be evaluating renewable energy alternatives to natural 
gas and procure energy from renewable sources. 
FY23
FY22
Natural gas
534.2
         
629.0
        
(15%)
Gas Oil
1.0
             
-
           
100%
HFCs
12.3
           
12.5
           
(1%)
Company Vehicles
0.2
            
100%
Scope 2
Electricity (LB)
361.6
         
435.1
         
(17%)
Scope 1 & 2 Total
909.3
       
1,076.6
    
(16%)
Purchased goods and services
20,890.7
    
35,225.8
    
(41%)
Raw Materials
16,798.5
    
30,235.8
    
(44%)
Packaging
3,966.0
      
4,861.7
      
(18%)
Other PG&S
126.2
         
128.3
         
(2%)
Downstream transportation and distribution
6,904.3
      
6,739.3
      
2%
Customer Retailing
4,778.4
      
4,947.6
      
(3%)
Client Distribution
2,125.9
      
1,791.6
       
19%
Third party upstream transportation
638.2
         
1,010.9
       
(37%)
Capital goods
215.0
         
321.3
         
(33%)
Employee commuting
334.1
         
310.7
         
8%
End of life treatment of sold products
54.8
          
67.6
          
(19%)
Processing of sold products
857.5
         
342.1
         
151%
Fuel-  & energy- related activities
218.8
         
152.1
          
44%
Waste generated in operations
155.9
         
111.7
          
40%
Business Travel
37.0
           
11.5
           
222%
Scope 3 Total
30,306.2
  
44,293.0
 
(32%)
Total GHG Emissions
31,215.5
   
45,369.6
  
(31%)
Scope 3
Emissions (tCO2e)
YOY %
Scope
Category
Scope 1

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
31 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting (continued) 
 
Risk Category – Technological, Market and Reputational 
 
Risk Response 
 
• 
Short Term 
o 
Continue to review the available lower emission technologies appropriate to our production 
requirements and build this into the capital expenditure plan. 
o 
Creightons PLC have been members of the Roundtable of Sustainable Palm Oil (RSPO) since 2014. 
Currently 99.9% of the palm oil derivatives (which are key in many personal care products) we 
purchase are from RSPO sources, decreasing their environmental impact. 
o 
The Group is also actively involved with EFECA. EFECA facilitates the UK sustainable commodities 
initiative (UK SCI), a pre-competitive, cross supply chain group convened by UK government, with the 
collective goal of achieving sustainable, resilient forest risk commodity supply chains to the UK market. 
o 
We will continue to work with industry experts on the packaging materials that currently are unable to 
contain PCR (further information on PCR can be found in section 3c).  
o 
Continue to work with consultants, in particularly Qonstrue, to develop a carbon management strategy 
aligned with the TCFD recommendations and evaluating setting science-based emission reduction 
targets, with the involvement of SBTi. 
o 
We will be completing the climate module of the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP), in the 2024 
disclosure cycle. 
o 
There continues to be an increased number of requests from customers on climate related information, 
coupled with the demands of quantifying our scope 3 emissions. We continually reviewing our internal 
resource and consultancy to meet these demands. 
• 
Medium Term  
o 
Continue to build sustainability and carbon impact into new product development processes. 
 
Risk Category – Physical (Acute and Chronic) 
 
Risk Response 
 
• 
Short Term 
o 
Continue to encourage energy and water saving by employees.  
o 
South West Water has reviewed and installed water saving devices around the Devon factory. 
o 
Continually review business continuity plan in relation to wind, drought, heat stress, flooding, and sea 
level rise risks. 
• 
Medium Term 
o 
Understand suppliers’ preparedness for future wind, drought, heat stress, flooding, and sea level rise 
risks.  
o 
Explore options for water saving in the manufacturing process. 
o 
Exploring specific cooling and ventilation in process areas.  
• 
Long Term 
o 
Consider introduction of natural cooling and ventilation solutions. 
 
Opportunity Category – Resource Efficiency and Energy Source 
 
Opportunities Response 
 
• 
Closely monitor technological developments and major brand behaviour to be able to act as an innovator and 
a fast follower. 
• 
Phased investment in on-site solar, coupled with the purchase of certified renewable electricity to counter 
reliance on non-renewable energy and volatility in the market. 
 
Opportunity Category – Products and Services, Market and Resilience 
 
Opportunities Response 
 
• 
Short Term 
o 
Continue monitoring consumer demand for sustainable products. 
o 
Ensure continued capex investment in sustainable technology to ensure readiness to meet rising demand. 
o 
To be able to retain current customers and gain new ones with the quality of our sustainable formulations 
and the accuracy of our climate data we are: 
▪ 
Continuing climate related education activities in conjunction with external consultants for all staff 
to ensure they remain at the forefront of this topic. 
▪ 
R&D researching all manner of green technologies, formulation design and packaging types. 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
32 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial disclosures (TCFD) reporting (continued) 
 
Processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate related risks are integrated into the organization’s overall 
risk management. 
 
Creightons PLC has detailed and robust risk management processes around the design, procurement, and safety of all 
personal care products it manufactures. As previously mentioned, these would currently cover sustainability and 
legislative topics relating to the use of: 
 
• 
The Qonstrue platform is being populated and will be actively used from July 2024. 
• 
RSPO palm oil. Creightons PLC holds the RSPO chain of custody accreditation which is completely integrated 
into the Group’s quality management system and is independently audited on an annual basis. Presently 
99.9% of palm derivatives used are from an RSPO sustainable source. 
• 
UK Deforestation and EU Deforestation legislations – regarding the EU deforestation regulation, based on the 
advice from the CTPA our products are exempt. Regarding the UK Deforestation regulation, the Group 
believes we are in a strong position to be compliant with this regulatory framework by December 2024 
regarding palm and cocoa derivatives, the other commodities covered in this legislation are not relevant to 
our Group. 
• 
Prohibiting or restricting materials derived from species on the IUCN Red List. All materials are reviewed as 
part of our R&D development process to ensure there are no sustainability issues with ingredients used in 
formulations. 
• 
We are actively involved in increasing the amount of PCR inclusion within our products. At the end of the 
financial year ending 31 March 2023, 34% of plastic components contained PCR (equivalent to 139.5 tonnes 
of PCR plastic, out of a total of 983.8 tonnes – 14.2%). After evaluation, moving forward we believe the best 
way to record the amount of PCR used by the business is by weight. In the financial year ending 31 March 
2024, we use 203.9 tonnes of total PCR plastic out of a total of 1046.3 tonnes – 19.5%, an increase in actual 
PCR of 5.3%.  
• 
In other areas, the business continuity plans include extreme weather and climate events, and our capital 
expenditure review process considers the energy efficiency savings on new equipment. 
 
We continue to use the CRO matrix, scenarios, resilience, and emissions screening data to further integrate climate 
related risks into the organisations overall risk management strategies or add additional process where required. 
 
Metrics and Targets 
 
Creightons PLC measure several sustainability metrics, energy usage, sourcing of renewable electricity, the use of 
responsibly sourced palm oil and tracking the use of post-consumer resin. This information is reported to the board 
and is linked into the strategy and risk management processes. A summary is in the table below. 
 
Metric 
Target 
Link to identified 
Substantive CRO 
Performance 
FYE2024 
Performance 
FYE2023 
Performance 
FYE2022 
Reduction of Scope 1 
and 2 emissions 
Reduce tonne CO2e 
scope 1 and 2 emissions 
by 42% by 2030 from 
the 2022 base year 
Reputation / Energy 
Source 
838.4 
909.4 
1,076.6 
Reduction of Scope 3 
emissions 
Reduce tonne CO2e 
scope 3 emissions by 
25% by 2030 from the 
2022 base year 
Reputation 
Calculated a 
year in lieu 
30,306.1 
44,293.0 
Renewable electricity 
100% renewably sourced 
by 2025 
Technology / 
Energy Source 
0% 
0% 
0% 
Use of RSPO palm 
100% from RSPO 
sustainable sources by 
2025 
Reputation 
99.9% 
99.9% 
99.6% 
Recycled plastic 
content 
25% recycled plastic 
(tonne) by FY 
2026/27 
Technology / 
Reputation 
19.5% 
14.2% 
9.8% 
 
We calculate our Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions annually as part of the Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
reporting requirements, these are calculated in accordance with the GHG Protocol and the SECR guidelines. Details of 
the Group’s Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions for the financial year ending 31 March 2024 are set out on page 34. 
Details on of scope 3 GHG emissions are reported in section 3a of the TCFD statement, this was screened using a 
hybrid model using a combination of financial data and actual weights for packaging materials and are calculated a 
year in lieu. 
 
Following commitment to SBTi targets and the validation of our data in FYE 31 March 2026, we will then be able to set 
and report metrics based on scope 1,2 and 3 reductions. We will carry out an impact assessment in FY 2024/25 which 
will compare these figures to tonnage of product produced.  

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
33 
Group strategic report (continued) 
 
Non-financial and Sustainability information statement 
 
This Annual Report and in particular this Strategic Report, contains the information required to comply with the 
Companies, Partnerships and Groups (and Non-Financial Reporting) Regulations 2016, as contained in sections 414CA 
and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. 
 
The table below provides key references to information that, in conjunction with the TCFD Report, comprises the Non-
Financial Information Statement for the year ended March 2024. 
 
Reporting requirement 
Group Policies that guide our 
approach 
Information and risk 
management, with page 
references 
Environmental matters 
Group Environmental, Health, 
Safety, Energy and Sustainability 
Policy 
 
• 
TCFD report on pages 24 – 32 
• 
Section 172 statement on pages 
21 - 22 
• 
Strategy, objectives and future 
developments on page 16 
Employees 
Group Environmental, Health, Safety, 
Energy and Sustainability Policy 
• 
Section 172 statement on pages 
21 - 22 
• 
Disabled persons on page 23 
• 
Health and Safety on page 18 
• 
Diversity policy on page 41 
Social matters 
Corporate and social responsibility 
policy 
• 
Corporate and social 
responsibility on page 23 
Respect for human rights 
Modern Slavery and Human 
Trafficking Policies 
• 
Corporate and social 
responsibility on page 23 
• 
Suppliers on page 21 
Anti-corruption and 
anti-bribery matters 
Group Anti-Bribery and Corruption 
Policy 
• 
Corporate and social 
responsibility on page 23 
Description of the business model  
  
Environmental 
As a manufacturing business we understand that we must continue to evolve 
in order to meet the needs of our stakeholders. The Group continues to 
improve its environmental credentials in a commercially viable manner. We 
are taking proactive steps to build on this as set out in our third report under 
the TCFD framework on pages 24 – 32. 
 
Social 
The foundation of the Group’s strength is its people. The Group’s policy is to 
employ people who embody its core values of quality, service and innovation. 
These values apply to all employees regardless of position. 
 
Governance 
The Group’s arrangements are set out in the Corporate Governance section 
on pages 40 – 43. 
Description of the principal risks in relation to the above matters, including 
business relationships, products and services likely to affect those areas of 
risk, and how the Group manages the risks 
• 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
on pages 18 
Non-financial key performance indicators 
• 
TCFD report on pages 24 - 32 
  
The Modern Slavery policy can be located at www.creightonsplc.com 
 
Going concern 
 
The Directors are pleased to report that the Group has renewed its bank facilities and continues to meet its debt 
obligations and expects to operate comfortably within its available borrowing facilities. The Group’s cash on hand at 30 
June 2024 is positive £2.9m. We have carried out a review of our cash requirements for the next 12 months. Scenarios 
modelled included the removal of the Group’s largest customer and increases of 20% in costs of raw materials or 
overheads. These models are more extreme than the conditions prevailing during the last 12 months but demonstrate 
that even without management tackling current overhead levels or increasing prices to customers, the Group would not 
fully utilise available bank facilities over the next 12 months. The Directors have therefore formed a judgement, at the 
time of approving the financial statements, that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future being at least twelve months from the date of this report. 
For this reason, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. 
 
This report was approved by the Board of Directors on 16 July 2024 and signed on its behalf by: 
 
 
 
Philippa Clark 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Managing Director 
P Clark (Jul 16, 2024 16:09 GMT+1)
P Clark

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
34 
Directors’ report 
 
The Directors present their annual report on the affairs of the Group, together with the financial statements and auditor’s 
report, for the year ended 31 March 2024. The corporate governance statement set out on pages 40 to 43 forms part of 
this report. 
 
The Strategic Report on pages 3 to 33 provides a fair review of the Group’s business for the year ended 31 March 2024 
as well as explaining the Group’s strategy, objectives, future developments, its key performance indicators for monitoring 
the business and the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties that could impact on the Group.  
 
The Strategic Report on page 14 covers the Group’s Research and Development activities and on page 23 covers Disabled 
Persons practice. 
 
The Strategic Report on page 33 covers the Going concern policy. 
 
Dividends 
 
The Directors propose a final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2024 of 0.45 pence per ordinary share (2023: Nil). 
No dividends were paid during the year.  
 
Annual UK energy consumption and Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions 
 
The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulation 2018 requires Creightons PLC to disclose 
annual group energy consumption and Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from SECR regulated sources. Energy and GHG 
emissions have been independently calculated by third party consultants for the 12-month period ending 31 March 2024. 
 
Reported energy and GHG emissions data is compliant with SECR requirements and has been calculated in accordance 
with the GHG Protocol and SECR guidelines. Energy and GHG emissions are reported from buildings and transport where 
operational control is held – this includes electricity, gaseous fuels such as natural gas and LPG, and business travel in 
company-owned vehicles. The table below details the SECR-regulated energy and GHG emission sources from the current 
and previous reporting periods. The only positive percentage change is in relation to company vehicles and relates to 
more van journeys between Tiverton manufacturing sites and 3PL which has offset HGV journeys for smaller loads. 
 
 
Year ended  
31 March 2024 
Year ended  
31 March 2023 
% change 
Energy (kWh) 
 
 
 
Natural gas 
    2,726,673  
      2,926,451  
(6.8) 
Other fuels 
             1,261  
          3,963  
(68.2) 
Company Vehicles 
1,303 
878 
48.4 
Electricity 
       1,617,292  
      1,869,902  
(13.5) 
Total energy 
      4,346,529  
      4,801,194  
(9.5) 
Emissions (tCO2e) 
 
 
 
Scope 1 
Natural gas 
           498.8  
           534.2  
(6.6) 
Scope 1 
Other fuels 
               0.3  
               1.0  
(70.0) 
Scope 1 
Refrigerant gases 
4.1  
             12.3  
(66.7) 
Scope 1 
Company Vehicles 
0.3 
0.2 
50.0 
Scope 2 (LB) 
Electricity 
           334.9  
           361.6  
(7.4) 
Scope 2 (MB)* 
Electricity 
            410.1  
           488.4  
(16.0) 
Total SECR emissions 
             838.4  
            909.3  
         (7.8)  
Emission intensity ratio 
 
 
 
Intensity metric (costs of sales) 
30,364 
34,219 
(11.3) 
Emissions intensity (tCO2e / unit) 
0.028 
0.027 
(3.7) 
*Included for comparison only. 
 
Creightons PLC is committed to reducing its environmental impact and contribution to climate change through continuous 
improvement procedures. We have continued with investment in LED lighting throughout the factories, more efficient 
use of compressed air and rationalised the use of steam boilers by compressing the processing time into shorter periods. 
We have implemented several initiatives within the reporting period, primarily focused on energy efficiency: 
• 
Continued to optimise production time into a more compressed shift pattern, with a resultant shorter 
manufacturing time.  
• 
Across both sites, over 95% of all factory and office lighting changed to energy efficient LEDs, with occupancy 
sensors installed where suitable.  
• 
More efficient running of compressors and air leak checks control.  
• 
More efficient use of timers installed on warm rooms.  
• 
New lagging of chiller pipes to reduce amount of energy consumed.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
35 
Directors’ report (continued) 
 
• 
Improved timer and photocell control on all outdoor lighting.  
• 
Continue to monitor and replace all steam pipework lagging where required.  
• 
Re-programmed all heaters to turn off when not needed and set up to show running time and cost per month.  
• 
Improved processes for shutting down machinery when not being used.  
• 
Dedicated energy monitoring and tracking of high usage machinery.  
• 
Working with the energy companies to collate and access more accurate real time usage data.  
• 
On-going education programme on energy saving measures.  
 
These initiatives have allowed for a 13.5% reduction in electricity usage and 6.8% in gas usage compared to the previous 
financial year. 
 
 
Methodology  
 
Activity data have been converted into equivalent energy and GHG emissions using factors published by the UK 
Government in 2023. Electricity and natural gas disclosures have been calculated based on metered kWh consumption 
taken from supplier fiscal invoices.  
 
GHG emissions associated with Scope 2 purchased electricity have been reported using both location-based (LB) and 
market-based (MB) methods. The location-based method reflects the average emissions intensity of a company’s region 
of operations, mostly by application of grid-average emissions factor data. The market-based method reflects the 
contractual instruments in place between a company and its energy provider(s). Markets vary in terms of what 
contractual instruments are available – they can include energy attribute certificates (REGOs, RECs etc.), direct contracts 
(low-carbon or renewable), supplier-specific fuel mix factors and residual fuel mix factors where no contractual 
information is available. 
 
Creightons PLC did not utilise any low or zero-carbon contractual instruments during the reporting period, therefore the 
location-based method will be adopted for the purposes of SECR reporting. Emissions calculated using the market-based 
method have been disclosed for comparison only. 
 
Where there is limited visibility of site energy consumption, electricity and natural gas consumption has been estimated 
based on floor area and CIBSE industry benchmarks. Refrigerant gas emissions were calculated using data taken from 
heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) servicing records in FY24. Where service records and HVAC specification 
was unavailable, sampled site data has been used as a proxy. 
 
Capital structure 
 
The issued share capital is detailed in note 25. Creightons PLC has one class of ordinary shares, which carry no rights to 
fixed income. Each share carries one vote at general meetings of the Company. 
 
There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are governed by the general 
provisions of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any agreements 
between holders of the Company’s shares that may result in restrictions on the transfers of shares or their voting rights. 
 
Details of the employee share schemes are set out in note 26. 
 
No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
36 
Directors’ report (continued) 
 
With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of Association, 
the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Companies Act and related legislation. The Articles themselves may be amended 
by special resolution of the shareholders. The powers of the Directors are governed by the Companies Act 2006, the 
Articles of the Company and are detailed in the Corporate Governance statement on pages 40 to 43. Directors are 
required to retire upon the third anniversary of their last election. 
 
Under the terms of resolution 6 at the 2023 AGM, the Company has the authority to issue without pre-emption rights 
3,501,479 ordinary shares, being 5% of the issued share capital at that time. This authority expires after 15 months 
from its date of adoption (13 December 2024) or until the next AGM if sooner unless renewed. The Directors will propose 
a resolution renewing this power based upon the new issued share capital. 
 
Under the terms of resolution 7 at the 2023 AGM, the Company has the authority to purchase 1p ordinary shares up to 
a maximum aggregate nominal value of £35,014.79, being 5% of the issued share capital at that time, at no more than 
105% of the average of the middle market quotations for ordinary shares for the five business days prior to the date of 
the purchase and the minimum price of 1p. This authority expires after 15 months from its date of adoption (13 December 
2024) or until the next AGM if sooner unless renewed. The Directors will propose a resolution renewing this power based 
upon the new issued share capital. 
 
There are several other agreements that alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company or subsidiary 
companies such as commercial agreements, bank facility agreements, property leases and employee share plans. None 
of these are expected to be considered significant in terms of their likely impact on the business of the Group taken as 
a whole. There are no agreements between any companies within the Group and any of their Directors or employees 
that provide for compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid. 
 
Business Relationships 
 
Our Directors and employees foster great business relationships with all of our external stakeholders. Further information 
on the matter is included in the section 172 Statement on pages 21-22. 
 
Employees 
 
The Group places significant importance on the contributions of its employees and aims to keep them informed of 
developments in the Group through a combination of Teams briefings and electronic communication, which has increased 
significantly in recent years. There are Works Councils on both of the Group’s sites where employee concerns are raised.  
Employee input is encouraged and Directors and senior management regularly tour the facilities and engage with 
employees. 
 
A large number of employees are members of the Group’s Share Option scheme and can participate in the Group’s 
success.  All employees can earn up to 7.5% of their basic earnings in a Group wide bonus scheme as long as the Group 
has met its profit targets. This discretionary Bonus would be paid twice per year and had been paid regularly until 2022 
due to the challenging trading conditions no profit-related bonus was paid in the current financial year.   
 
The Strategic Report on page 21 covers how the Directors have had regard to employee interests, including the effect 
of principal decisions taken by the Group during the financial year.  
 
Directors 
 
The Directors who held office during the year were as follows: 
 
William O McIlroy (Non- Executive Director from 7 March 2024 following his retirement as Executive Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer) 
Bernard JM Johnson (Managing Director - ceased Directorship 24 November 2023) 
Philippa Clark (Group Managing Director from 7 March 2024, previously Deputy Managing Director) 
Martin Stevens (Deputy Group Managing Director) 
Paul Forster (Non-Executive Chair from 07 March 2024, previously Non-Executive Director)  
William T Glencross (Non-Executive Director)  
Nicholas DJ O’Shea (Non-Executive Director and Group Company Secretary) 
Brian Geary (appointed Non Executive Director on 7 March 2024) 
 
 
 
 
William McIlroy – Non- Executive Director 
Mr McIlroy was appointed a Non-Executive Director on 07 March 2024 after retiring from his full-time Executive role as 
Chairman and Chief Executive since 2001. Mr McIlroy is a major shareholder and has served on the Company’s Board 
since 2000. He has extensive knowledge and experience of the personal care industry. Since his appointment to the 
Board, he has provided invaluable strategic direction and guidance to the Company, which has resulted in its recovery 
from a historically poor trading and funding position, leading to the delivery of sustained profit and earnings growth for 
over a decade.  
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
37 
Directors’ report (continued) 
 
Philippa Clark – Group Managing Director – appointed 07 March 2024 
Ms Clark was appointed a Group Managing Director on 07 March 2024. She has worked within the industry for more 
than 20 years in a wide and extensive range of sales, marketing and commercial roles across private label, branded and 
contract businesses. In recent years she has headed up the development of the Creightons branded portfolio, growing 
and extending the reach of the Group's award-winning brands into multiple channels and international markets whilst 
also overseeing the development of the strengthening private label division of the business. She has held the position 
of Global Marketing Director since her appointment to the Board in 2015 and Deputy Managing Director since 8 July 
2020.  
 
Martin Stevens – Deputy Group Managing Director  
Mr Stevens is a Chartered Chemist and has worked in the cosmetics industry for more than 30 years with extensive 
experience across the personal care and household sector in Research & Development, Quality Assurance, Production 
and Procurement. Martin has been Technical Director at Potter & Moore Innovations Ltd (the Group's principal trading 
business) and Creightons PLC for the past 17 years. He was appointed Group Managing Director of Manufacturing in 
March 2022 including responsibility for climate-related risks and opportunities. He has previously been Technical Director 
of Norit Body Care Toiletries, Technical Director at the manufacturing division of AAH Pharmaceuticals Ltd, Chief Chemist 
at Columbia Products Co Ltd after initially entering the industry with L'Oreal working with brands such as Lancôme and 
Cacharel. Martin was appointed as Group Deputy Managing Director when he joined the Board in 2015. 
 
Paul Forster – Non-Executive Chair of the Board Director – appointed 07 March 2024 
Mr Forster was appointed Non-Executive Chair of the Board Director on 07 March 2024. He was previously made a Non-
Executive Director on 01 April 2021 after retiring from his full-time Executive role as Group Finance & Commercial 
Director. Paul has been with the Potter & Moore Innovations business for more than 30 years, primarily working as Chief 
Financial Officer but also including spells overseeing manufacturing.  Previously he was Finance Director of Beauty 
International Fragrance Ltd (BIF), who distributed the Coty fragrance range throughout Europe and the Far East.  Prior 
to joining BIF Paul qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Touche Ross. 
 
William Glencross - Non-Executive Director 
Mr Glencross has had many years' sales, marketing and general management experience in the cosmetics and toiletries 
industry in both the branded and private label sectors, having been Sales & Marketing Director and then Managing 
Director of Potter & Moore, and was previously General Manager of the Fine Fragrance division of Shulton G.B., part of 
the American Cyanamid Group. Mr Glencross was appointed to the Board in July 2005 and made a Non-Executive Director 
on his retirement in 2006. 
 
Nicholas O’Shea – Non-Executive Director & Group Company Secretary 
Mr O’Shea has been the Company secretary for most group companies for over 25 years and a Director since 2001. A 
maths & chemistry graduate, he has a background in the toiletries and chemicals sectors having held senior financial 
positions in a number of world-wide businesses including Proctor & Gamble, Scott Paper and Omya Pluss-Stauffer. Mr 
O’Shea is a CIMA qualified management accountant, and he is currently CFO or Finance Director with several privately-
owned SMEs as well as an investment management Company in the City. 
 
 
 
 
 
Brian Geary - Non-Executive Director 
Mr Geary was appointed to the Creightons PLC Board as a Non-executive Director in March 2024. A graduate in Electrical 
& Electronic Engineering from Manchester University, he has held various positions as an MIEE/MIET Chartered Engineer. 
He specialized in power electronics, motor, and embedded control systems within the oil & gas exploration, marine 
propulsion, and Formula 1 motorsport sectors. Mr Geary is also an experienced debt and equity investor in listed and 
private entities. He is the Managing Director and Chairman of Antrim Hills Spring Water, a branded and contract 
manufacturing business in soft drinks and sports nutrition. 
 
Director indemnities 
There are no Director indemnities. 
 
Directors’ insurance 
During the year, the Company has purchased insurance cover for the Directors against liabilities arising in relation to 
the Group, which remained in force at the date of this report. 
 
Directors standing for re-election 
Under the terms of the Articles, Directors are required to retire on the third anniversary of their last election. Mr 
William McIlroy, Mr Paul Forster, Ms Philippa Clark, Mr Martin Stevens are due for election under Article 76 of the 
articles of Association. Mr Brian Geary who was appointed by Board as a Non-Executive director on 7 March 2024, will 
retire at the AGM and will offer himself for re-election under Article 74 of the Articles of Association. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
38 
Directors’ report (continued) 
 
Substantial shareholdings 
At 31 March 2024 the Company had been notified, in accordance with chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules, of the following substantial interests, being 3% or more of the ordinary shares in issue: 
 
Shareholder 
Number of shares 
% held 
Mr WO McIlroy (including Oratorio Developments Ltd) 
16,219,275 
23.16% 
Mr & Mrs B Geary 
7,043,259  
10.06% 
Mr BJM Johnson 
5,245,844 
7.49% 
Messrs S & A Chandaria 
3,500,000 
5.00% 
The Estate of Mr T Amies 
2,580,000 
3.68% 
Mr B Dale 
2,451,740 
3.50% 
   
No notifiable share transactions by any of the above shareholders have been advised to the Company.  
There have been no notified sales of ordinary shares during the period between 31 March 2024 and 30 June 2024. 
 
The Company has received no other information requiring such notifications under chapter 5 of the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules during the year. The above table shows the percentages held revised for share issues subsequent 
to the latest notification from the relevant shareholder. 
 
Financial instruments 
The Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies are discussed in note 21 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements . 
 
Resolutions to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting to be updated  
 
The Board will be proposing the following resolutions at the AGM. The detailed wording of the resolutions is contained 
within the notice of the AGM. They have the support of all Board members, who will vote in favour of them with all their 
own shareholdings and those under their control, and with any discretionary proxies granted to them personally or in 
the capacity of chair of the meeting. 
 
1. 
To receive and consider the Group's financial statements and reports of the Directors and auditor for the 
year ended 31 March 2024. 
 
2. 
To receive and approve the Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 31 March 2024. 
 
3. 
To approve the Directors’ remuneration policy as detailed in pages 44 to 50 of the Directors’ remuneration 
report. 
 
4. 
To-re-elect Mr William McIlroy, who is retiring by rotation under the provisions of Article 76 of the Articles 
of Association, who, being eligible, offers himself for re-election as a director of the Company.  
 
5. 
To-re-elect Mr Paul Forster, who is retiring by rotation under the provisions of Article 76 of the Articles of 
Association, who, being eligible, offers himself for re-election as a director of the Company. 
 
6. 
To-re-elect Ms Philippa Clark, who is retiring by rotation under the provisions of Article 76 of the Articles of 
Association, who, being eligible, offers herself for re-election as a director of the Company.  
 
7. 
To-re-elect Mr Martin Stevens, who is retiring by rotation under the provisions of Article 76 of the Articles 
of Association, who, being eligible, offers himself for re-election as a director of the Company. 
 
8. 
To elect Mr Brian Geary, who retires following his appointment by the Board on 7 March 2024 under the 
provisions of Article 74 of the Articles of Association, who, being eligible, offers himself for re-election as a 
director of the Company. 
 
9. 
To approve the proposed dividend of 0.45 pence per ordinary share. 
 
10. To re-appoint Forvis Mazars LLP as auditors and to authorise the Directors to determine their remuneration.  
 
11. To give authority to the Directors to allot shares pursuant to Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006. 
This authorises the Company for a period of up to 15 months, or until the next AGM if sooner, to allot 1p 
Ordinary Shares up to an aggregate nominal value of £233,451.28 being a further one third of the 
Company’s present issued share capital as a rights issue.  
 
12. As a special resolution, to grant a limited disapplication of the statutory pre-emption rights contained in 
Section 570 of the Companies Act 2006. This authorises the Company for a period of up to 15 months, or 
until the next AGM if sooner, to allot 1p ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal value of £35,017.69 
being 5% of the Company’s present issued share capital, without first offering them as a rights issue to 
existing shareholders.  
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
39 
Directors’ report (continued) 
 
13. As a special resolution, to give a limited power to the Company to purchase its own shares. This authorises 
the Company for a period of up to 15 months, or until the next AGM if sooner, to purchase 1p ordinary 
shares up to a maximum aggregate nominal value of £35,017.69 being 5% of the Company's present 
issued share capital, at no more than 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for ordinary 
shares for the five business days prior to the date of purchase and the minimum price of 1p. 
 
The resolution approved at the AGM on 13 September 2023 relating to the authorisation of the Company to purchase 
1p ordinary shares up to a maximum 5% of the Company's issued share capital at that date remains in place and is 
unused. 
 
Directors’ confirmations 
 
Each Director at the date of approval of this annual report confirms that: 
• 
so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is not 
aware; and 
• 
the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make 
himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware 
of that information. 
 
This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 
2006. 
 
Viability statement 
 
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over 
a longer period than the 12 months required by the ‘Going Concern’ provision. The Board conducted this review for a 
period of 3 years.  A 3 year period is appropriate for assessing the viability of a company because it strikes a balance 
between providing meaningful insight into future prospects and maintaining the accuracy and manageability of forecasts. 
It supports strategic planning, financial forecasting, risk management, regulatory and market changes as well as 
stakeholder confidence. 
 
In making this statement, the Directors have carried out a robust assessment of the Group’s current position and 
prospects, the principal risks facing the business, the impact of sensitivity analysis, together with the Group’s principal 
risks and uncertainties (outlined in the Strategic Report on pages 18 to 20).  
 
The scenarios modelled included varying levels of sales revenue, including cautious growth for 2024 and 2025 and more 
extreme losses in revenue as a result of a loss of key customer, up to 20%, without mitigating actions within the control 
of management have been modelled. Additional sensitivity analysis included varying scenarios in increased costs. The 
Group has sufficient liquidity and financing arrangements to meet its liabilities as they fall due and consequently, the 
directors believe that the Group has sufficient financial strength to withstand the possible disruption to its activities.  
 
The Group continues to take advantage of opportunities as evidenced by the two business acquisitions in the previous 
years. The Group has flexible manufacturing capabilities at both sites and has the ability to respond to changes in 
consumer and market trends as appropriate. 
 
The Group continues to be able to successfully manage employees, the supply chain and customers, and considers the 
managing of all three relationships key in the medium term particularly due to the challenges presented by the current 
economic climate. This assessment is based on our ability to retain existing borrowing facilities and to continue to sell 
our products and brands to existing and new customers. The borrowing facilities have been agreed with the Groups 
bankers for a period of 12 months from March 2024. As part of the going concern assessment the covenants have been 
reviewed against the future forecast of the business, confirming adequate headroom for the next 12 months. Given the 
long standing relation with the Group’s bankers and willingness to support the business, the current borrowing facilities 
are expected to remain in place for the next 3 years.  
 
During the year to March 2024 the Group has significantly reduced its net borrowings and generated positive cash from 
operations. As a result the Group was able to reduce its debt obligations by making a significant early repayment of the 
term loan. The Group continues to meet its debt obligations and expects to operate comfortably within its available 
borrowing facilities going forward. This provides a stable platform and increased headroom on existing financing facilities 
upon which to continue its growth.  
 
Based on the above, the Board confirms it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 3 year period of assessment on a going concern basis.  
 
Auditor 
 
A resolution to re-appoint Forvis Mazars LLP as auditors is being proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 
By order of the Board 
 
 
Philippa Clark 
Managing Director   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16 July 2024 
 
 
 
      
P Clark (Jul 16, 2024 16:09 GMT+1)
P Clark

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
40 
Corporate governance statement 
 
Introduction 
 
The Board of Directors is responsible for the long-term success of the Group, through the sustainability of the Group’s 
business model and showing leadership and drive to ensure the Group delivers on its strategies. The Board identifies 
opportunities to maintain the long-term success of the Group and devises strategies and actions to take advantage of 
these opportunities. The strategy will always consider the costs and commitments associated with the opportunities and 
will ensure the risks are managed to reduce the short-term risks. The Board is conscious of all stakeholders when making 
decisions, with particular focus on protecting and respecting the interest of its employees. 
 
Compliance 
 
The Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA’’) require listed companies to disclose how they have applied 
the principles set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) issued by the Financial Reporting Council and 
whether or not they have complied with its provisions. The UK Corporate Governance Code is available on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website: www.frc.org.uk. The Board is committed to the principles set out in the Code but judges 
that some of the processes are disproportionate or less relevant to the Company, given the relatively small size and 
minimal complexity of the business.  
 
The Company has not complied with the Code since its issue as regards the following: 
• 
No formal training programme is in place specifically for Non-Executive Directors. 
• 
The Non-Executive Directors are not limited to a period of office. 
• 
There is no Director considered by the Board to be independent. 
• 
There are no independent Directors on either the Remuneration or Audit Committees. 
• 
The share options granted to Directors have a vesting period of less than 5 years. 
 
Regarding division of responsibilities The Code recommends that the Chairman of a listed Company should not hold 
Executive powers, and should be ‘independent upon appointment’ (provision 9). Paul Forster is a Non-Executive 
Chairman he is also a shareholder and was an Executive Director prior to his retirement and appointment as a non-
Executive director from 01 April 2021. The Board continues to believe that it is appropriate for Paul Forster to be 
Chairman even though his previous role means he cannot be considered independent. The independent judgement of 
the Non-Executive Directors, effective functioning committees and robust internal controls ensure that that proper 
process and controls are followed. The Board also operates a formal process of performance evaluation with the Chairman 
and Remuneration Committee regularly reviewing the performance of all members of the Board. 
 
With regard to the issue of share options to Directors with a vesting period of less than 5 years, options have been 
issued with a vesting period of 3 years in line with options issued to other group employees. These options are issued 
under the Company Share Option Plan which was approved by shareholders in 2018. 
 
With the growth of the Company and increasingly prescriptive compliance requirements, the Board is continuing to 
review its governance arrangements with the intention of ensuring that it continues to be as compliant with guidelines 
and best practice as is appropriate and practical for a Company of our size and resources.   
 
The Group has an Equal Opportunities policy which encompasses our commitment to diversity. Under this policy the aim 
is to ensure that all employees are treated equally, irrespective of sex, sexual orientation, marital status, age, disability, 
race, colour, religion, ethnic or national origin and places an obligation upon all staff to respect and act in accordance 
with this policy. The open management style ensures that everyone is given opportunities to progress. 
 
The Composition of the Board 
 
Details of all the Directors are set out below: 
 
Paul Forster 
Non-Executive Chair of the Board  
Philippa Clark 
 
Group Managing Director   
Martin Stevens 
 
Group Deputy Managing Director  
William McIlroy  
Non-Executive Director  
Nicholas O’Shea    
Group Company Secretary and Non-Executive Director 
William Glencross   
Non-Executive Director     
Brian Geary  
 
Non-Executive Director Appointed 07 March 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
41 
Corporate governance statement (continued) 
 
Board diversity 
 
Creightons PLC has not complied with the requirements of LR 9.8.6R(9) as the targets set by the Listing Rules as at 31 
March 2024 have not been met as follows: 
• 
At least 40% of the Board are women; 
• 
At least one member of the Board is from a minority ethnic background. 
 
The Board has been established for a significant period and naturally lacks diversity due to historical circumstances and 
limited turnover. However, this represents a unique opportunity for the board to evolve through meaningful 
appointments that promote diversity and inclusivity.  
 
By recognising the need for greater diversity, we can actively seek out and welcome qualified individuals from a broader 
range of backgrounds, experiences, and perspectives through fair and transparent selection processes. Embracing 
diversity fosters creativity, innovation, and a richer decision-making process, ultimately benefiting the entire Group and 
ensuring a more inclusive and equitable future. Whist it may require time, this commitment to change will contribute to 
the Boards long term success and enable it to better reflect the diverse world in which we operate.  
 
Details of the Board gender diversity are set out below: 
 
 
No. of 
Board 
members 
% of the 
Board 
No. of senior 
positions on 
the Board 
No. in 
Executive 
management  
% of 
Executive 
management 
Men  
6 
86% 
6 
1 
50% 
Women 
1 
14% 
1 
1 
50% 
Other categories 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Not specified/prefer not to 
say 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
 
Details of the Board gender diversity are set out below: 
 
 
No. of 
Board 
members 
% of the 
Board 
No. of senior 
positions on 
the Board 
No. in 
Executive 
management  
% of 
Executive 
management 
White British or other 
White (Including minority-
white groups)  
 
7 
 
100% 
 
7 
 
2 
 
100% 
Mixed/multiple ethnic 
groups 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Asian/Asian British 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Black/African 
Caribbean/Black British 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Other ethnic group, 
including Arab 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Not specified / prefer not 
to say 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
 
The Role of the Board 
 
The Board’s principal task is to set the Group’s strategy, which is devised to deliver optimum value for shareholders.  
Other matters reserved for decision by the full Board include approval of the annual report, authorisation of all 
acquisitions and disposals, sanction of all major capital expenditure, the raising of equity or debt finance and investor 
relations. 
 
The Board recognises the lack of independent Directors, however the existing Non-Executive Directors provide extensive 
industry, market and business knowledge which benefits the strategic decisions of the Group. The Board considers this 
expertise is considered more beneficial than the cost of appointing independent Directors.  Consequently, it feels that it 
remains appropriate for the existing Non-Executive Directors to be nominated for re-election when their terms expire 
under the Company’s articles. However, as noted above, the Board is committed to introduce more independent directors 
over the coming years. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
42 
Corporate governance statement (continued) 
 
The Board reviews the risks that arise and continually reviews any emerging and ongoing risks and the outcomes are 
noted in the Strategic Report on pages 18 to 20.  This includes the management of the risk from cost increases due to 
global supply chain pressures and the corresponding mitigation measures. A senior management team hold regular  
ongoing meetings to measure the extent of the cost price increase and to determine the appropriate commercial and 
operational response.  
 
The Directors have met as a full Board on 6 occasions during the year, including meetings by telephone. The attendance 
at meetings held during the year to 31 March 2024 for each of the Directors is as follows:  
 
Director 
Board 
meetings 
Remuneration 
Committee 
Audit 
Committee 
Nomination 
Committee 
Paul Forster 
6 
4 
2 
4 
Philippa Clark 
6 
- 
- 
- 
Martin Stevens 
6 
- 
- 
- 
William McIlroy 
6 
- 
- 
- 
Nicholas O’Shea 
6 
4 
2 
4 
William Glencross 
6 
4 
2 
4 
Brian Geary 
1 
- 
- 
- 
 
Procedures are in place to enable the Directors to take appropriate independent professional advice at the Company’s 
expense if that is necessary for the furtherance of their duties. All Directors have access to the advice and services of 
the Company Secretary. 
 
Board Committees 
 
Under the formal terms of reference of the Board Committees, the Board has delegated specific responsibilities to the 
Nomination, Remuneration and Audit Committees. The Board considers that all the members of each Committee have 
the appropriate experience and none of them has interests which conflict with their positions on the Committees. 
 
Nomination Committee 
 
The Board as a whole undertakes the duties of the Nomination Committee. The Committee is responsible for proposing 
candidates for the Board having regard to the balance and structure of the Board.  
 
The Group has an Equal Opportunities and Diversity policy which aims to ensure that all employees are treated equally, 
irrespective of sex, sexual orientation, marital status, age, disability, race, colour, religion, ethnic or national origin and 
places an obligation upon all staff to respect and act in accordance with this policy. This policy is applied to the Company’s 
administrative, management and supervisory bodies and the remuneration, audit and nomination committees of those 
bodies. 
 
The Group has a whistle-blowing policy which aligns with its objective of maintaining the highest standards of integrity, 
transparency, and accountability. This policy is designed to encourage and protect employees who report any concerns 
related to fraud, corruption, or other threats to the organisation. The policy ensures all reports are handled confidentially 
and are thoroughly investigated.  
 
Remuneration Committee 
 
The Remuneration Committee consisted of William Glencross, acting as chair, Nicholas O’Shea and Paul Forster. In 
determining policy for the Executive Directors, the committee has given due consideration to the Code. The remuneration 
packages are designed to attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors of the required calibre. The Committee reviews 
the appropriateness of all aspects of Directors’ pay and benefits by taking into account the remuneration packages of 
similar businesses.  
 
Directors’ remuneration 
 
The Executive Directors are salaried in their capacity as Directors in addition they are entitled to a benefits package 
including, pensions, private healthcare and life insurance. They are incentivised through a bonus scheme linked to the 
profit performance of the Group and through options issued under the Group Share Options scheme.  The Board believes 
that in accordance with the best practice provisions, this approach aligns the interests of shareholders and Directors.  
 
Full details of Directors’ remuneration, shareholdings and share options are noted in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on pages 44 to 56.  
 
Internal control 
 
The Directors are responsible for the Group’s systems of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness whilst the 
role of management is to implement Board policies on risk management and control. The Group’s system of internal 
control is designed to manage rather than eliminate risk of failure to achieve the Group’s business objectives and can 
only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
43 
Corporate governance statement (continued) 
 
The Board has established a process for managing the significant risks faced by the Group. This ongoing process is 
reviewed regularly by the Board and accords with the internal control guidance issued by the FRC. 
 
The key procedures designed to provide effective internal controls are:  
• 
A clearly defined organisational structure with the appropriate delegation of authority to operational 
management. 
• 
A comprehensive planning and budgeting process, which requires the Chairman’s and Managing Director’s 
approval. 
• 
Management information systems to monitor financial and other operating statistics. 
• 
Aspects of internal control are regularly reviewed and where circumstances dictate, new procedures are 
instigated. 
 
The Group does not have an internal audit function. However, the Board periodically reviews the need for such a function.  
The current conclusion is that this is not necessary given the scale and complexity of the Group’s activities. 
The Board has reviewed and is satisfied with the effectiveness of the internal controls in operation and this process will 
continue. 
  
Audit Committee Report 
 
The Audit Committee consisted of Nicholas O’Shea (ACMA CGMA), acting as chair, William Glencross and Paul Forster 
(ACA). Its role is to: 
 
• 
Monitor the integrity of the financial statements of the Group and any formal announcements relating to the 
Group’s financial performance and review significant financial reporting judgements contained therein.  
• 
Review the Group’s internal financial controls and the Group’s internal control and risk management systems. 
• 
Review whether it is appropriate to introduce an internal audit function. 
• 
Recommend the appointment and removal, approve the terms and remuneration, and assess the 
independence and performance of the External Auditor. Review the scope, findings, cost effectiveness and 
quality of the audit. 
• 
Advise the Board on whether the annual report is fair, balanced and understandable and provides information 
necessary for the users to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy. 
• 
Report to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibility. 
 
The Board reviews the work of the Audit Committee annually to ensure it meets the requirements of its role. 
 
The Audit Committee pays particular attention to matters it considers to be important by virtue of their size, complexity, 
level of judgement and potential impact on the financial statements and wider business model.  
 
During the year to 31 March 2024, the Audit Committee reviewed:  
• 
The significant reporting matters and judgments identified by the finance team and Forvis Mazars through the 
external audit.  
• 
The management accounts and internal management reports on a regular basis.  
• 
Decided that the scale and complexity of the business did not warrant the introduction of a separate internal 
audit function. 
• 
Reviewed the audit plan for the year ended 31 March 2024, which included an assessment of the audit risks 
and testing procedures. 
 
The significant issue relating to reporting matters and judgements that the Audit committee reviewed with Forvis Mazars 
and management teams included the: 
 
• 
Impact of external risks, such as, economic uncertainty, geopolitical uncertainty, supply chain disruption and 
climate change. 
• 
Risk of fraud. 
• 
Risk of management override of controls. 
• 
Adequacy of inventory provisions. 
• 
Impairment of Brand and Goodwill values. 
• 
Expected credit losses. 
• 
Adequacy of TCFD reporting. 
 
The Audit Committee approved the implementation of the audit plan following discussions with management and Forvis 
Mazars. 
 
During the coming year, the Audit Committee will meet a minimum of three times to:  
 
• 
To review the outcome from the 2024 audit and the plan for the 2025 audit.   
• 
Oversee and assess managements review of the Group’s internal controls in the absence of an Internal Audit 
function 
• 
Review financial accounting and reporting. 
• 
Review the outcomes from the Group’s review of Cyber risks and plans to mitigate those risks. 
• 
Review the adequacy of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements and procedures for identifying fraud. 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
44 
Directors’ remuneration report 
 
Statement by the chair of the Remuneration Committee 
 
The Directors’ remuneration report has been prepared on behalf of the Board by the Remuneration Committee. The 
current members of the Remuneration Committee are William Glencross, who is the Chair of the Committee, Nicholas 
O’Shea who is a Non-Executive Director, and acts as secretary to the committee and Paul Forster.  
 
The report is divided into three sections as set out below 
• 
The Remuneration Committee Chair Statement providing a summary of key reward activity during the year. 
• 
The proposed new Directors Remuneration policy (the Policy) setting out proposals for the new Policy following 
a review after the Board Changes during the year. The policy will be subject to a binding vote at our 2024 
Annual General Meeting. 
• 
The Report of Directors remuneration setting out the remuneration during the year ended 31 March 2024 and 
how our new Policy will be applied for the year ended 31 March 2025. 
 
Remuneration Committee Chair Statement 
 
Role of the Committee 
 
 The role of the Committee is to. 
• 
set and review the implementation of the Director’ Remuneration Policy for the Executive Directors and senior 
Executives, having regard to the remuneration principles of the Group and the remuneration of the wider 
employee population. 
• 
Evaluate the performance packages for each Executive Director, the Chair, the Company Secretary and other 
senior Executives. 
• 
Maintain a dialogue with shareholders when setting the remuneration of senior Executives and Board members. 
 
Business Context 
 
The Group is coming to the end of a programme of significant change following two years of disruption caused by 
economic weakness together with high inflationary pressures. This has been successful in delivering a business that has 
reduced its cost base to match a fall in revenue, recovered gross margins, reduced overheads and rationalised our 
distribution operations. The impact is improved operating profits and cash generation over the period and places the 
Group in a strong position to generate profitable growth as revenues increase.  The departure of the previous Managing 
Director resulted in an opportunity for the Board to overhaul the existing structure. 
 
Remuneration committee decisions in the year ended 31 March 2024. 
 
The three key decisions made during the year ended 31 March 2024 were: 
 
• 
To approve the bonus payments of £39,000 to Mr McIlroy and Mr Johnson in respect of the year ended 31 
March 2023. 
• 
To assess the performance of Philippa Clark and Martin Stevens as they managed the business in the period 
following the departure of Bernard Johnson. 
• 
To review the structure of the Board following the departure of Mr Johnson as Managing Director and the 
decision of Mr McIlroy to retire from his Executive positions as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The 
outcome of the decision to review the Board structure was announce on 7 March 2024 and included the 
appointments of: 
o 
Mr William McIlroy as a Non-Executive Director following his retirement as Executive Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer 
o 
Mr Paul Forster, previously Non-Executive Director, as Non-Executive Chair of the Board. 
o 
Ms Philippa Clark as Group Managing Director 
o 
Mr Martin Stevens as Deputy Group Managing Director 
o 
Mr Brian Geary as a Non-Executive Director 
• 
To update the Remuneration Policy following the re-organisation of the Board. 
 
Review of the Remuneration Policy 
 
The existing Remuneration Policy, which was approved at last year’s Annual General Meeting, has not been significantly 
reviewed for several years. The Committee decided to undertake a more thorough review of the Remuneration Policy. 
 
The members of the Committee during the year were Nicholas O’Shea, William Glencross and Paul Forster. In determining 
the Directors’ remuneration, the Committee consulted the Chairman, Mr McIlroy. The Committee reviewed the 
remuneration for the Executive Directors and Non-Executive Director and considered: 
• 
market rates in similar businesses 
• 
the performance of the directors 
• 
the increased responsibility for any new roles, and 
• 
increases awarded to all employees. 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
45 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
In determining the remuneration for the Executive Directors the Committee has not sought advice from any consultants 
during the period. 
 
The key elements of the new Remuneration policy, applicable to Executive Directors are: 
 
• 
Increased base salary to recognise the role and responsibility undertaken by the Executive Directors. 
• 
The maintenance of existing benefits which includes, pension contribution, Private Healthcare and Group life 
Insurance. 
• 
Introduction of a new profit related bonus scheme for the Executive directors, with bonus of £30,000 payable 
on achieving the budgeted profit for the current year and a further £30,000 payable on achieving profits more 
than the budget up to a maximum of £60,000. The payment of these bonuses is conditional on the Group 
having a positive operational cash flow. 
• 
Continue to utilise the existing 2018 Share Option Scheme, to issue Options over shares in the Company as 
part of a Long Term Incentive Programme to align Executives with shareholder interests. 
 
The Committee determined that Non-Executive Director Fees should be increased to reflect the changing structure of 
the Board and higher level of fees required to attract new non-Executive directors. The existing share options held by 
Non-Executive directors, arising largely from their previous roles as Executives, will be retained. Mr Paul Forster and 
William Glencross will also retain their current benefits under the Group Health Care Scheme. The Committee will review 
the application of this Policy to ensure it is achieving its aims and propose change next year, if appropriate. 
 
In conclusion, our approach in developing this new Policy is to ensure the Policy facilitates the recruitment and retention 
of talent and to align remuneration with our shareholder and wider stakeholder requirements. I look forward to your 
support at the upcoming AGM. 
 
 
 
 
 
William Glencross 
Chair of Remuneration Committee 
 
16 July 2024 
WtGlencross (Jul 16, 2024 16:25 GMT+1)
WtGlencross

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
46 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
Summary of changes to Directors’ Remuneration 
 
Following the Board changes announced on 7 March 2024 the Committee undertook a review of the Directors’ 
remuneration Policy.  No Executive Director was present when their remuneration was discussed. 
 
The Committee considered changes in responsibilities, data from similar sized businesses with similar levels of complexity 
and data on remuneration and employment conditions within the Group.  The aim was to ensure that the employees are 
fairly rewarded for their role. The Committee was mindful of the need to not inadvertently encourage risky or 
irresponsible behaviour, including behaviour that could raise environmental, social or governance issues. The Committee 
considered the balance of the remuneration package between, fixed and variable remuneration and the need to 
incorporate Long-Term Incentives to align performance with improvements in shareholder value. 
 
Under the previous Remuneration Policy, a significant portion of the remuneration was variable for the CEO and 
Managing Director who had relatively low base salaries with a high uncapped bonus based on the level of pre-tax 
profit. The other Executive Directors had higher base salaries with a much lower bonus entitlement, limited to 7.5% of 
base salary. The new Remuneration Policy introduces higher base salaries and a variable capped bonus scheme for 
Executive Directors which is directly linked to the profit of the Group. 
 
The following table sets out a summary of the key changes to the Remuneration Policy and how they will be implemented 
for the current directors during the year to 31 March 2025. 
 
 
Key Policy Feature 
Approach for 2024 
Proposed approach for 2025 and key 
changes 
Salary 
The Executive Directors base salaries are 
normally raised annually taking into 
account the nature of the role and 
performance and experience of the 
individual director and the pay increase 
across the wider workforce 
 
Salaries from 01 April 2023 
Group MD - £126,000 
Deputy Group MD £120,000 
Salaries from 01 April 2024  
Group MD - £150,000 
Deputy Group MD £130,000 
These changes reflect the changes in roles 
and responsibilities. 
Pension benefits 
The Executive Directors receive a pension 
contribution in addition to pension 
contributions to the Groups Workplace 
Pension Scheme 
 
Group MD – Fixed Pension 
Contribution of £2,000 plus an 
additional 3% of salary in line 
with all employees of the 
Group. 
Deputy Group MD - Fixed 
Pension Contribution of £6,000 
plus 3% of salary in line with all 
employees of the Group. 
There are no changes for the year to 31 
March 2025. 
Other benefits 
Both Executive Directors are members of 
private healthcare and group life insurance 
schemes. 
 
 
There are no changes for the year to 31 
March 2025. 
Annual Bonus 
The annual bonus is focused on the 
delivery of improvements in profits in line 
with the longer term aims of improving 
shareholder value. 
Bonus schemes applicable up to 
31 March 2024 for both Group 
MD and the Deputy Group MD – 
7.5% base salary on achieving 
a set pre-tax profit. 
 
The opportunity under the new bonus 
scheme for the year to 31 March 2025 for 
both the Group MD and the Deputy Group 
MD is an initial payment of £30,000 and 
an additional payment of up to a further 
£30,000 on achieving a set pre-tax profit 
target. 
Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIP) 
The LTIP focuses on generating sustained 
shareholder value over the longer term 
and aligning Directors’ interests with those 
of the Company’s shareholders. The 
Groups Share Option Scheme approved by 
Shareholders in 2018, remains the best 
method of achieving this aim. 
No share options were issued in 
the year to March 2024. 
The opportunity in the year to March 2025 
is to review the existing options granted 
to the Executive Directors and members 
of the Senior Management Team to 
ensure they are realistic and will motivate 
directors’ performance in line with 
growing shareholder value. 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
47 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
Directors Remuneration Policy 
 
Illustrations of application of the Remuneration Policy 
 
The charts below indicate the level of remuneration that could be received by each Executive Director in accordance 
with the updated Directors’ Remuneration Policy. This is based on the level of profit as at 31 March 2024 and an 
increase in profit of 50% from this level. These bonuses are not impacted by any changes in the share price. 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In illustrating the above, the following assumptions have been made: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scenario 
Description 
Assumptions 
Minimum Performance 
Minimum remuneration 
receivable 
Fixed elements of remuneration only – 
Salary, benefits and pension 
Target Performance 
Remuneration receivable for 
achieving performance in line 
with expectations 
Fixed elements of remuneration (as above), 
50% of maximum annual bonus earned 
Maximum performance 
Remuneration receivable at 
maximum performance targets 
Fixed elements of remuneration (as above), 
100% of maximum annual bonus earned 
100%
81%
69%
19%
31%
 £-
 £50
 £100
 £150
 £200
 £250
Minimum performance
Target Performance
Maximum performance
Amount £000's
P Clark (Group Managing Director - from 7th March 2024) 
Fixed Pay
Annual Bonus
100%
81%
68%
19%
32%
 £-
 £20
 £40
 £60
 £80
 £100
 £120
 £140
 £160
 £180
 £200
Minimum performance
Target Performance
Maximum performance
Amount £000's
M Stevens (Group Deputy Managing Director) 
Fixed Pay
Annual Bonus

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
48 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in the following financial year 
 
The remuneration under the new Remuneration Policy is effective from 01 April 2024.   
 
Policy on Directors’ remuneration 
 
This report sets out the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and complies with relevant provisions of the Companies Act 2006 
and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (accounts and Reports) Regulations. It has been 
prepared taking into account the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the 2018 Code) and the requirements of the UK 
Listing Rules. 
 
The remunerations have clear defined parameters which are communicated to shareholders and other stakeholders. The 
remuneration framework incentivises short term objectives through the annual bonus and long-term objective of 
shareholder value creation though the LTIP. 
 
The policy of the Company on Executive remuneration including that for Executive Directors is to reward individual 
performance and motivate and retain existing Executive Directors to promote the best interests of the Group and enhance 
shareholder value. The remuneration packages for Executives and Executive Directors include a basic annual salary, 
performance related bonus and a share option programme. The remuneration packages for Non-Executive Directors 
include a fee. The Committee has reviewed the policy for the year ahead and has concluded that the key features of the 
remuneration policy remain appropriate. 
 
In setting Executive Directors’ remuneration, the Committee is mindful of the pay and conditions enjoyed by other 
employees. It considers revisions to their arrangements only when other employees’ pay and conditions are also 
reviewed, and this is always done in the light of market conditions and overall Group performance.  
 
The component of the Executive Directors Remuneration fixed remuneration is described below: 
 
Element 
Purpose 
Operation 
Fixed remuneration 
Base Salary 
To provide an appropriate level of 
fixed income to recruit and retain 
talent 
Base salaries are reviewed annually 
considering: 
• 
The cope of the role and the markets 
the Group operates in 
• 
The performance and experience of 
the individual 
• 
Pay levels in other comparable 
organisations 
• 
Pay increases with in the Group 
Benefits 
Recruitment and retention of 
Executives through the provision of 
cost-effective benefits package 
Benefits that may be provided include, 
health insurance, life assurance for the 
Executive and family members. 
Provision for retirement 
Designed to enable an Executive 
Director to generate an income in 
retirement and to provide a 
competitive remuneration package. 
Participation in the Group defined 
contribution scheme supported by fixed 
payments to an Executive Pension 
Scheme. 
 
Pensions 
 
Ms Clark and Mr Stevens pension contributions include contributions to an auto-enrolment pension in line with the wider 
workforce and fixed defined contributions to Company pension schemes. Pension contributions for the year ended 31 
March 2024 were as follows; Ms Clark £6,000 and Mr Stevens £9,000. 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
49 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
The component of the Executive Directors variable remuneration is noted below: 
 
Element 
Purpose 
Operation 
Variable remuneration 
Annual bonus 
Designed to motivate Executive 
Directors to focus on annual goals that 
are consistent with the longer-term 
strategic aim to improve shareholder 
value. 
Measures and targets are set at the beginning of 
each financial year and pay out levels are 
determined by the Committee after approval of the 
annual financial report based on performance against 
those targets.   
The Committee may apply discretion to amend the 
bonus pay out should this not, in the view of the 
Committee, reflect the underlying business 
performance or individual contribution 
 
Share Options 
The current Share Option scheme is 
designed to incentivise and align 
Executive Directors and employees with 
the delivery of shareholder value 
through sustainable share growth and 
dividend payments. 
Annually the Committee will review the Share 
Options held by the Executive Directors and will 
decide whether the options remain at levels 
appropriate to motivate the Executive to meet the 
long-term growth aspirations of shareholders.  This 
review may include the cancelation and re-issue of 
options that align with the purpose. 
 
Share options have a vesting period of three years 
following the date of grant and are typically granted 
at the closing mid-market price immediately prior to 
the date of grant. 
 
The Committee does have the option to issue options 
at a discount to the market price 
 
Remuneration should support and align with shareholders long term interests by linking the annual performance to 
growing shareholder value. It is the intention of the Committee to cascade the New Policy to the Senior Executive Team 
to ensure they are supporting the Executive Directors in shared goals and outcomes.  
 
Both Executive and Non-Executive Directors may accept appointment as Directors of other companies and retain any 
fees paid to them, although Directors are required to notify the Company of all such appointments and may not accept 
appointments which would be incompatible with their role with the Group, such as with direct competitors or major 
suppliers and customers.  
 
Directors’ bonuses  
 
The Executive contract for Mr McIlroy’s services as an Executive Director, who retired from his Executive roles on 6 
March 2024, provided for a bonus to be paid after the deduction of tax and National Insurance by the Company to 
Oratorio Developments Ltd in respect of the Group’s net profits before tax at the rate of 12.5% in respect of net profits 
up to £50,000, 7.5% of net profits between £50,001 and £100,000, and 5% of net profits in excess of £100,000. During 
the year no bonus is payable (2023: £39,000) to Mr McIlroy for the period he was an Executive Director.  
 
The new bonus Policy for Ms Clark and Mr Stevens include Executive bonus scheme, where senior Executives are entitled 
to a maximum bonus, in the case of Ms Clark and Mr Stevens this is £60,000, based on hitting certain Group pre-tax 
profit targets.  Previously the bonus scheme was 7.5% of basic pay if the Group hits the profit target for the period and 
additional payments of up to 14% of earnings (10% for other employees) in relation to key performance indicator targets 
which were not achieved during the year. No bonus was payable to either Ms Clark or Mr Stevens in respect of the years 
ended 31 March 2024 or 31 March 2023. 
 
None of the Executive Directors remuneration is paid or payable in shares, therefore a 50% increase in share price would 
have a nil effect on remuneration. 
 
Recruitment 
 
On appointment or promotion, base salary levels will be set taking into account a range of factors including market 
levels, experience, internal relativities and cost. If an individual is appointed on a base salary below the desired market 
positioning, the Committee retains the discretion to re-align the base salary, contingent on individual performance, 
which may result in a higher rate of annualised increase above ordinary levels. 
 
Loss of office 
 
Any loss of office payment will be approved by the Remuneration Committee. Any payment will be made at the 
discretion of the remuneration committee and on a case-by-case basis. Any payments made beyond contractual and 
statutory obligations would be exceptional in nature either due to additional obligations taken on by the departing 
Director or due to specific circumstances and always benchmarked against market practice. 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
50 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
The components of the Non-Executive Directors Remuneration are described below: 
 
Element 
Purpose 
Operation 
Non-Executive 
Director Fees 
To reflect the time commitment in 
preparing for and attending 
meetings, the duties and 
responsibilities of the role and the 
contribution expected from Non-
Executives Directors. 
 
Fees are reviewed annually and may be amended to 
reflect changes in the market and in responsibilities. 
 
Any additional time commitments in excess of the 
contracted time will be paid pro-rata on a per diem basis. 
 
The Committee recommends the remuneration of the 
Chair to the Board. 
 
Fees paid to Non-Executive Directors are determined and 
approved by the Board as a whole. 
 
The Company covers the cost of attending meetings and 
Non-Executive Directors may be re-imbursed for any 
business expenses incurred in fulfilling their duties. 
 
Benefits 
 
Mr Forster ad Mr Glencross receive group Health 
Insurance cover as a legacy from their former roles as 
Executive Directors. 
 
Share Options 
To encourage Non-Executive 
Directors to align interests with those 
of Shareholder value. 
 
Expectation that Non-Executive Directors build an 
interest in the Company’s shares. 
 
Service contracts 
 
All contracts were revised to be effective from 7 March 2024 to reflect the new roles and responsibilities of the directors.  
 
Name of Director 
Date of service 
contract effective 
Notice 
period 
Executive Director 
P Clark (Group Managing Director) 
7 March 2024 
6 months 
M Stevens (Deputy Group Managing Director) 
7 March 2024 
6 months 
Non-Executive Director 
P Forster (Non-Executive Chair) 
7 March 2024 
6 months 
WO McIlroy 
7 March 2024 
6 months 
NDJ O’Shea  
7 March 2024 
6 months 
WT Glencross  
7 March 2024 
6 months 
B Geary (from 7 March 2024) 
7 March 2024 
6 months 
 
Mr Geary was appointed as a Non-Executive Director by the Board on 7 March 2024 and in accordance with the Articles 
of Association intends to retire and offer himself for re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 
 
Executive Directors contracts are for an indefinite period, terminable by either party with a maximum period of notice 
of 6 months. Any payments in lieu of notice should not exceed the Director’s fixed remuneration for the unexpired term 
of the notice period.  
 
Non-Executive Directors will retire and stand for re-election at each Annual General Meeting in accordance with the 
requirements of UK Corporate Governance Code 2024, which comes into effect from 01 January 2025.  
 
 
Approval 
 
The Directors’ Remuneration Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 16 July 2024 and signed on its behalf 
by: 
 
 
 
 
 
Willam Glencross 
Non-Executive Director 
 
 
 
 
WtGlencross (Jul 16, 2024 16:25 GMT+1)
WtGlencross

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
51 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
Annual report on Directors’ remuneration  
 
The information provided in this part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report is subject to audit 
 
The tables below represent the Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023.  These 
emoluments are normally paid in the year except for the bonus payments which are paid following the approval of the 
financial statements. 
 
Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure  
 
 
 
2024 
 
 
WO McIlroy  
BJM 
Johnson  
P Clark 
M Stevens 
Total 
 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
Note 2 
Note 3 
 
 
 
Salary 
 
25 
66 
126 
120 
337 
Pension 
 
- 
- 
6 
9 
15 
Benefits 
 
- 
- 
- 
2 
2 
Total fixed 
 
25 
66 
132 
131 
354 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total variable  
Note 1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total  
 
25 
66 
132 
131 
354 
 
 
 
 
2023 
 
 
WO McIlroy 
BJM 
Johnson 
P Clark 
M Stevens 
Total 
 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salary 
 
27 
92 
119 
116 
354 
Pension 
 
- 
- 
6 
9 
15 
Benefits 
 
- 
- 
- 
2 
2 
Total fixed 
 
27 
92 
125 
127 
371 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total variable  
Note 1 
39 
39 
- 
- 
78 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total  
 
66 
131 
125 
127 
449 
 
Note  
1 
No bonuses were earned in the year ended 31 March 2024. In the year ended 31 March 2023 Mr McIlroy and 
Mr Johnson both earned bonuses of £39,000. A provision of £45,000 was made in the prior year.   
 
2 
Mr McIlroy’s salary covers the period to 6 March 2024, when he resigned from his Executive roles. 
 
3 
Mr BJM Johnson’s salary covers the period to 23 November 2023 when he ceased to be a director of the 
Company. 
 
4 
Equity settled share-based payments would be included within the bonus figure, calculated as their intrinsic 
value as at the date of grant. No grants in the year ended 31 March 2024 or 31 March 2023. 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
52 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
Annual report on Directors’ remuneration (continued)  
 
 
Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure  
 
 
2024 
 
 
P Forster 
 
Note 2 
WO 
McIlroy 
Note 3 
ND O’Shea 
WTG 
Glencross 
B Geary 
Total 
 
 
£000’s 
£000’s 
£000’s 
£000’s 
£000’s 
£000’s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fees 
 
20 
2 
19 
19 
2 
62 
Pension 
Note 6 
1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1 
Benefits  
Note 5 
2 
- 
- 
2 
- 
 
 
4 
Total fixed  
 
23 
2 
19 
21 
2 
67 
 
 
 
2023 
 
 
P Forster 
ND O’Shea 
WTG 
Glencross 
Total 
 
 
£000’s 
£000’s 
£000’s 
£000’s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fees 
 
18 
18 
18 
54 
Pension 
Note 6 
1 
- 
- 
1 
Benefits 
Note 5 
2 
- 
2 
4 
Total fixed  
 
21 
18 
20 
59 
 
Notes 
1  
The Non-Executive Directors received no variable remuneration in the years ended 31 March 2024 or 31 March 
2023. 
2  
Mr Forster’s Fees includes an increase following his appointment as Non-Executive Chair from 7 March 2024. 
3  
Mr McIlroy’s Fees include those earned as a Non-Executive Director from 7 March 2024, following his retirement 
from his Executive roles. 
4 
Mr Geary’s Fees include those he received following his appointment as a Non-Executive Director from 7 March 
2024. 
5 
The benefits earned by Mr Forster and Mr Glencross relate to their membership of the Group Private health 
insurance scheme, which continued following their retirement as Executives. 
6 
The pension earned by Mr Forster relates to his membership of the Group Pension scheme, which continued 
following his retirement as an Executive. 
 
 
Payments for loss of office 
 
A single Director left the Company during the year ended 31 March 2024 and no payments in respect of compensation 
for loss of office were paid or payable to any Director (2023: £Nil). 
 
Share options  
 
No share options were exercised by Directors during the year ended 31 March 2024 (2023: Nil). 
 
There is a vesting period of 3 years for all share options. The share options were awarded to the Directors as part of the 
Company’s ongoing compensation and remunerations plans as a motivation for continuing to deliver success to the 
Group, its shareholders and employees. There are no service conditions associated with the award of the share options.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
53 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
 
Directors' shareholdings 
 
The Directors who held office at 31 March 2024 had the following beneficial interests in the 1p ordinary shares of the 
Company:   
   
 
At 31 March 2024 
 
Shares 
Share Options 
Director 
Number of 
shares 
Exercise 
period of 
2017 -2024 
Exercise 
period of 
2021 -2028 
Exercise 
period of 
2023 -2030 
Exercise 
period of 
2024 -2031 
Total 
Options held 
price 5.50p 
price 
26.80p 
price 
36.00p 
price 97.73p  
Vested 
Vested 
Vested 
Not vested 
Mr W O McIlroy 
16,219,275  
1,300,000  
900,000  
-  
225,000  
2,425,000  
Mr N DJ O’Shea 
115,000  
-  
135,000  
-  
- 
135,000  
Mr W T Glencross 
86,000  
-  
131,500  
-  
- 
131,500  
Ms P Clark 
851,818  
-  
500,000  
200,000  
 - 
700,000  
Mr M Stevens 
993,758  
-  
218,060  
100,000  
 - 
318,060  
Mr P Forster 
951,318  
-  
300,000  
100,000  
 - 
400,000  
Mr B Geary 
7,403,259 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Mr B Johnson 
5,245,844 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
   
 
There are no performance measures attributable to the share options. There are no requirements for a Director to own 
shares. 
 
Mr Forster disposed of 36,000 shares on 23 August 2023 and 45,000 shares on 22 September 2023. There have been 
no other sales of ordinary shares during the period between 31 March 2024 and 30 June 2024. 
 
At 31 March 2023 
 
Shares 
Share Options 
Director 
Number of 
shares 
Exercise 
period of 
2017 -2024 
Exercise 
period of 
2021 -2028 
Exercise 
period of 
2023 -2030 
Exercise 
period of 
2024 -2031 
Total 
Options 
held 
price 5.50p 
price 
26.80p 
price 36.00p 
price 
97.73p  
Vested 
Vested 
Not vested 
Not vested 
Mr W O McIlroy 
16,219,275  
1,300,000  
900,000  
-  
225,000  
2,425,000  
Mr B JM Johnson 
5,245,844  
-  
700,000  
-  
225,000  
925,000  
Mr N DJ O’Shea 
115,000  
-  
135,000  
-  
- 
135,000  
Mr W T Glencross 
86,000  
-  
131,500  
-  
- 
131,500  
Ms P Clark 
851,818  
-  
500,000  
200,000  
 - 
700,000  
Mr M Stevens 
993,758  
-  
218,060  
100,000  
 - 
318,060  
Mr P Forster 
1,032,318  
-  
300,000  
100,000  
 - 
400,000  
 
All of the above options relate to ordinary shares in Creightons PLC. The market prices of these shares are included in 
the table below. 
 
Market price 
At 31 March 2024 
Lowest during period 
Highest during period 
25.0p 
18.0p 
37.0p 
 
 
Mr McIlroy’s holding noted above includes 14,450,000 (2023: 14,450,000) shares held in the name of Oratorio 
Developments Ltd, a private Company of which Mr McIlroy is a Director and controlling shareholder.  
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
54 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
The information provided in this part of the Annual Report on remuneration is not subject to audit 
 
Performance graph and CEO remuneration table 
 
The following graph shows the Group’s performance, measured by total shareholder return, compared with the FTSE 
All-Share index, which the Directors have always considered the most suitable comparator given the small number of 
quoted companies of a similar size in the Company’s sector; and the typical portfolio style of management for most 
investors, meaning that investments in the Company would be compared against investment portfolios based on FTSE 
All-Share index performance.  
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Historical Data 
 
The Group does not currently have a CEO. The table below sets out the remuneration of the highest paid Director for 
the previous ten years.  
 
Year 
 Single figure of 
total remuneration 
Annual bonus pay-
out against 
maximum % 
Share option scheme 
exercised against maximum 
% 
 
£000’s 
 
 
2024 
132 
n/a 
n/a 
2023 
137 
100% 
n/a 
2022 
163 
40% after waiver 
22% 
2021 
291 
100% 
n/a 
2020 
291 
100% 
100% 
2019 
301 
100% 
0% 
2018 
177 
100% 
n/a 
2017 
170 
100% 
n/a 
2016 
156 
100% 
n/a 
2015 
47 
100% 
n/a 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
55 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
Percentage change in remuneration of the Directors and employees 
 
The table below shows the percentage increase in remuneration of the Directors and the Group’s employees as a whole 
between the years ended 31 March 2021 and 31 March 2024. 
 
  
2024 
2023 
  
Salary 
and fees 
All taxable 
benefits 
Annual 
bonus 
Total 
Salary and 
fees 
All 
taxable 
benefits 
Annual 
bonus 
Total 
W McIlroy 
0.0% 
- 
(100%) 
(62.5%) 
0.0% 
- 
(36.6%) 
(26.5%) 
B Johnson 
(28.3%) 
- 
(100%) 
(51.8%) 
0.0% 
- 
(36.6%) 
(16.0%) 
P Clark 
5.9% 
- 
- 
5.6% 
4.4% 
- 
(100%) 
1.6% 
M Stevens 
3.4% 
- 
- 
3.2% 
17.2% 
- 
(100%) 
12.6% 
P Forster 
11.1% 
- 
- 
10.5% 
(10.0%) 
- 
(100%) 
(13.6%) 
N O'Shea 
5.6% 
- 
- 
5.6% 
0.0% 
- 
(100%) 
(5.3%) 
W Glencross 
5.6% 
- 
- 
5.6% 
5.6% 
- 
(100%) 
0% 
B Geary 
100% 
- 
- 
100% 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Average 
Employee 
7.5% 
7.5% 
(62.5%) 
6.5% 
11.7% 
- 
(50.2%) 
6.2% 
 
  
2022 
2021 
  
Salary 
and fees 
All taxable 
benefits 
Annual 
bonus 
Total 
Salary and 
fees 
All 
taxable 
benefits 
Annual 
bonus 
Total 
W McIlroy 
3.8% 
- 
(73.2%) 
(66.3%) 
4.0% 
- 
33.2% 
29.9% 
B Johnson 
0.0% 
- 
(46.6%) 
(27.6%) 
0.0% 
- 
(33.2%) 
(22.7%) 
P Clark 
4.6% 
- 
(91.9%) 
(19.1%) 
18.5% 
50.0% 
362.5% 
46.2% 
M Stevens 
3.1% 
- 
(87.0%) 
(13.3%) 
11.6% 
- 
187.5% 
24.3% 
P Forster 
(71.4%) 
(66.7%) 
(95.7%) 
(77.1%) 
(16.7%) 
(62.5%) 
228.6% 
(3.0%) 
N O'Shea 
5.9% 
- 
- 
11.8% 
(22.7%) 
- 
- 
(22.7%) 
W Glencross 
(10.5%) 
- 
- 
(5.3%) 
5.6% 
- 
- 
5.6% 
Average 
Employee 
6.7% 
0.0% 
14.3% 
7.3% 
6.5% 
- 
(1.8%) 
5.8% 
 
Pay ratios 
 
The table below sets out the ratio of the highest paid Director to the median, 25th and 75th percentile full-time 
equivalent remuneration of the Groups employees. 
 
Year 
Method 
25th percentile pay 
ratio 
Median pay ratio 
75th percentile pay 
ratio 
2024 
Option B 
6:1 
5:1 
4:1 
2023 
Option B 
6:1 
5:1 
4:1 
2022 
Option B 
8:1 
7:1 
6:1 
2021 
Option B 
14:1 
14:1 
12:1 
2020 
Option B 
15:1 
13:1 
11:1 
 
The pay ratio has reduced slightly from previous years due to the reduction in the profit related bonus of the Directors.  
 
Option B under the reporting requirements has been chosen to identify the employees at the median, 25th and 75th 
percentiles as it provides the most effective method to identify the reference employees for calculation purposes. The 
reference employees pay has been calculated from their annual salary, bonuses and pension at the close of the 
financial year.  
 
In line with the regulations, the following table sets out the total pay and benefits, and the salary element for the 
highest paid Director and employees at each percentile. The Group does not currently have a CEO.  
 
 
Base salary 
Total pay and benefits 
 
£000’s 
£000’s 
Highest paid Director 
126 
132 
75th percentile employee 
31 
33 
50th percentile employee 
26 
27 
25th percentile employee 
23 
24 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
56 
Directors’ remuneration report (continued) 
 
Relative importance of spend on pay 
 
The table below shows the total expenditure of the Group for all employees compared to retained profits and distributions 
to shareholders for the years ended 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023 and the year on year change. 
 
 
Year ended 31 
March 2024 
Year ended 
31 March 
2023 
Change 
 
£000’s 
£000’s 
% 
 
 
 
 
Employee costs 
14,414 
15,173 
(5%) 
(Loss) / Profit after tax for the year 
(3,527) 
514 
(786%) 
Dividends paid 
- 
- 
- 
Dividends proposed (2024: 0.45p per share) 
315 
- 
100% 
 
Voting at general meeting 
 
The Group is committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest in voting outcomes. Where there 
are substantial votes against resolutions in relation to Directors’ remuneration, the reasons for any such vote will be 
sought, and any actions in response will be detailed here. 
 
The following table sets out actual voting in respect of the approval of the Directors’ Remuneration report and policy in 
respect of the year ended 31 March 2023: 
 
Resolution 
Number of 
votes cast 
for 
% of 
votes 
cast for 
Number of 
votes cast 
against 
% of 
votes cast 
against 
Total votes 
cast 
Number 
of votes 
cast 
withheld 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
25,805,686 
96.11% 
1,040,484 
3.88% 
26,846,170 
58,548 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
25,692,226 
99.45% 
134,752 
0.52% 
25,826,978 
1,076,490 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr WT Glencross 
Remuneration Committee 
 
16 July 2024 
 
 
WtGlencross (Jul 16, 2024 16:25 GMT+1)
WtGlencross

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
57 
Directors’ responsibilities statement 
 
The Directors whose names and functions are set out on page 112 of this document are responsible for preparing the 
Annual Report and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.   
 
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and 
parent Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law). Under  
Company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In 
preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to: 
 
• 
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
• 
state whether UK-adopted international accounting standards have been followed for the group financial 
statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, have been followed for the 
Company financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; 
• 
make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and 
• 
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business. 
 
The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and parent Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.  
 
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group 
and parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group 
and parent Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report  
comply with the Companies Act 2006.  
 
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the parent Company’s website. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions. 
 
Directors’ confirmations 
 
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the group and parent Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in Directors and 
Advisers on page 112 confirm that to the best of their knowledge: 
 
1. 
the parent Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit of the Company; and 
2. 
the group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the group; 
and 
3. 
the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position 
of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with the 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and  
4. 
the report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
58 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Creightons PLC 
 
Opinion 
 
We have audited the financial statements of Creightons Plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for 
the year ended 31 March 2024 which comprise the Consolidated income statement, the Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income the Consolidated balance sheet, the Company balance sheet, the Consolidated statement of 
changes in equity, the Company statement of changes in equity, the Consolidated cash flow statement, the Company 
cash flow statement,  and notes to the financial statements, including material accounting policy information. 
 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted 
international accounting standards and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 
 
In our opinion, the financial statements: 
• 
give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2024 and 
the group’s loss for the year then ended; 
• 
have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and, as regards 
the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006; and 
• 
have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 
 
Basis for opinion 
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the “Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements” section of our report. We are independent of the group and the parent company in accordance 
with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities and public interest entities and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
 
Conclusions relating to going concern 
 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.  
 
Our audit procedures to evaluate the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included but were not limited to: 
• 
Undertaking an initial assessment at the planning stage of the audit to identify events or conditions that may cast 
significant doubt on the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern; 
• 
Making enquiries of the directors to understand the period of assessment considered by them, the assumptions 
they considered and the implication of those when assessing the group’s and the parent company’s future financial 
performance; 
• 
Challenging the appropriateness of the directors’ key assumptions in their cash flow forecasts, by reviewing 
supporting evidence in relation to these key assumptions and assessing the directors’ consideration of severe but 
plausible scenarios. This included assessing the viability of mitigating actions within the directors’ control;  
• 
Testing the accuracy and functionality of the model used to prepare the directors’ forecasts;  
• 
Assessing the historical accuracy of forecasts prepared by the directors;  
• 
Considering the consistency of the directors’ forecasts with other areas of the financial statements and our audit; 
• 
Inspecting the terms of loan agreements and financing facilities for covenants, and assessing the extent to which 
they are restrictive and have been accurately included in severe but plausible scenarios; 
• 
Inspecting the changes in the terms and conditions of financing facilities and covenants, and any changes in the 
terms that may impact conclusions in relation to material uncertainties; and 
• 
Evaluating the appropriateness of the directors’ disclosures in the financial statements on going concern. 
 
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and the parent company’s ability 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
59 
to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are 
authorised for issue. 
 
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report. 
 
In relation to Creightons Plc’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether 
the director’s considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting. 
 
Key audit matters 
 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 
strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 
 
We summarise below the key audit matters in forming our opinion above, together with an overview of the principal 
audit procedures performed to address each matter and our key observations arising from those procedures.  
 
These matters, together with our findings, were communicated to those charged with governance through our Audit 
Completion Report. 
 
Key Audit Matter 
How our scope addressed this matter 
Revenue 
recognition 
– 
Potter 
& 
Moore 
Innovations Limited note 4 
The Group’s accounting policy for revenue 
recognition is set out in the accounting policy notes 
on pages 78. 
  
Revenue is material for the Group and represents 
the largest figure in the Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. An error in this balance 
could significantly affect a user’s interpretation of 
the financial statements. 
  
For the Group, we identify the risk around revenue 
recognition as being in relation to occurrence due to 
the potential to inappropriately record revenue in 
the year in order to inflate the results of the Group. 
  
Due to revenue being a key benchmark in a user’s 
assessment of the performance of the Group, we 
consider revenue recognition to be a key audit 
matter. 
 
We confirmed our understanding of the processes 
and controls relevant to the revenue recognition 
policy of the subsidiary by performing walkthrough 
procedures. We evaluated the design and 
implementation of the controls and concluded that a 
substantive audit approach supported by test of 
controls should be adopted. Our procedures 
included, but were not limited to: 
 
• 
documented and assessed the key 
business processes; 
• 
performed design and implementation 
work over revenue recognition controls in 
accordance with ISA 315R; 
• 
obtained and inspected the revenue 
recognition policy to ensure that it 
complied with the requirements of IFRS 
15; including IFRS 15 variable 
consideration; 
• 
utilised the data analytics team to 
reconcile revenue through to debtors then 
cash, identifying revenue transactions 
which did not flow through via the 
expected process for individual testing; 
• 
tested controls over sales invoices in the 
year by matching a sample of sales to 
inventory movements; 
• 
substantively tested cash receipts from the 
bank statements to ensure the 
classification of revenue transactions is 
correct; 
• 
tested controls over the bank reconciliation 
process; 
• 
substantively tested opening and closing 
debtors through to cash receipt. 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
60 
Our observations: 
 
Based on the results of our procedures performed, 
we consider revenue recognition is appropriate, and 
in line with the Group accounting policy per pages 
78. 
 
Inventory provision valuation – Potter & Moore 
Innovations Limited note 18 
There is a risk that inventory is overstated due to 
management’s judgement on potentially obsolete, 
damaged and slow-moving items in determining the 
net realisable value. The value of the provision as 
at 31 March 2024 is £982k (31 March 2022: 
£1,014k). Refer to page 84 (note 3 Critical 
accounting judgements and sources of estimation 
uncertainty) and note 18 (Inventories) for financial 
disclosures. 
  
Due to inventory being a material balance, and the 
judgement used in calculating the inventory 
provision, we consider this to be a key audit 
matter.      
 
We confirmed our understanding of the processes 
and controls relevant to the inventory provision of 
the subsidiary by performing walkthrough 
procedures. We evaluated the design and 
implementation of the controls and concluded that a 
substantive audit approach should be adopted. 
Consequently, we did not test the operating 
effectiveness of the controls identified. Our 
procedures included, but were not limited to: 
 
• 
documented and assessed the key 
business processes; 
• 
performed design and implementation 
work over revenue recognition controls in 
accordance with ISA 315R; 
• 
obtained and inspected the inventory 
provision policy implemented, and 
assessed compliance with the policy; 
• 
tested the NRV of the gross inventory 
balance by comparing samples to the 
subsequent sales made to obtain 
assurance that inventories are held at the 
lower of cost and NRV; 
• 
during our attendance of stock takes, we 
documented our review of any obsolete, 
slow-moving or damaged inventory items;  
• 
we obtained an understanding and 
challenged the assumptions used in the 
provisioning process; 
• 
performed testing over the sales forecasts 
used in calculating the stock provision to 
ensure they are supported and accurate; 
• 
tested the accuracy of the inventory 
provision by recalculating the provided 
amount based on the audit team’s 
understanding of the provision process; 
• 
inspected  inventory items not  fully 
provided for at year end in line with the  
Group’s accounting policy,  to corroborate 
management’s rationale of the year end 
value;  
• 
completed a review of slow-moving stock 
from the prior year stock listing and 
assessed that identified items had been 
provided for appropriately; 
• 
performed a stand-back review considering 
relevant internal and external factors in 
our assessment of the appropriateness of 
the methodology and valuation of the 
inventory provision. 
 
Our observations: 
 
We considered management’s judgement on the 
level of provisioning to be reasonable and in line 
with the Group accounting policy as described on 
page 84. 
Brand Valuation and goodwill valuation – 
Consolidation note 13 
Emma Hardie: 
Brand Value: £0.7m 
Goodwill - Deferred tax: £nil 
We confirmed our understanding of the processes 
and controls relevant to the goodwill and brand 
valuation of Emma Hardie and Brodie & Stone CGUs 
in the group by performing walkthrough 
procedures. We evaluated the design and 
implementation of the controls and concluded that a 
substantive audit approach should be adopted. 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
61 
 
Brodie and Stone: 
Brand Value: £4.9m 
Goodwill - Deferred tax: £1.2m 
 
The group’s accounting policy for goodwill and 
impairment is set out in the accounting policies noted 
to the financial statements (pages 84 - 85). 
 
Non-amortising intangibles are subject to annual 
impairment review, to assess whether the value in 
use (VIU) is in excess or equal to the carrying value 
of assets, or whether any impairment is required. 
Significant assumptions are made in the VIU model, 
as an individual cash-generating unit (CGU), 
prepared by management for the basis of their 
assessment. There is inherent uncertainty involved 
in forecasting and discounting future cash flows. 
There may be significantly different outcomes of the 
assessment if different assumptions were applied in 
the model, therefore greater level of management 
judgement 
is 
involved 
in 
determining 
the 
appropriateness of assumptions. This is considered 
to be a significant risk given the material value of 
non-amortising intangibles in the Group financial 
statements. 
 
Due to the brand and goodwill value being a 
material balance in the Group, and the judgement 
used within the impairment calculation, we consider 
this to be a Key Audit Matter.      
Consequently, we did not test the operating 
effectiveness of the controls identified.  
The Audit Engagement Team engaged the internal 
impairment team as auditor’s specialists and the 
internal valuation team as auditor’s experts. Our 
procedures included, but were not limited to: 
• 
documented and assessed the key 
business processes; 
• 
performed design and implementation 
work over controls in accordance with ISA 
315R; 
• 
assessed the relevant knowledge and 
sector experience of our auditor’s 
specialists and auditor’s experts; 
• 
critically assessed management’s formal 
assessment paper and value in use ('VIU') 
models in detail to consider whether these 
are prepared in accordance with the 
relevant accounting framework (including 
IAS 36) and are mathematically accurate;; 
• 
challenged management’s assessment of 
CGUs; 
• 
assessed the VIU model by looking for any 
disconfirming evidence in post year end 
data and market information; 
• 
performed sensitivity analysis on the key 
assumptions and cash flows used within 
the VIU model to assess scenarios that 
would trigger an impairment; 
• 
evaluated the WACC used by management 
in the impairment model; 
• 
for forecasting accuracy – compared the 
historical accuracy of forecasting to actual 
results;  
• 
critically assessed the forecast information 
included in the impairment calculation for 
inconsistencies with other information 
provided in other areas of the audit; and 
• 
performed a stand back review considering 
relevant internal and external factors 
including disconfirming information and 
any indicators of management bias and 
any implications of the audit in our 
assessment of the appropriateness of the 
methodology and valuation of the brand. 
Our observations 
We consider management’s assessment on the 
impairment of the brand value to be reasonable in 
line with the Group accounting policy described on 
pages 84 - 85, and the value in use model 
assumptions to be fairly reflected in the Critical 
accounting judgements and sources of estimation 
uncertainty note 3. 
 
Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit 
 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and 
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as a whole. Based on our 
professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 
  
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
62 
Group materiality 
Overall materiality 
£319,000(2023: £351,000). 
 How we determined it 
0.6% of Revenue (2023: 0.6%). 
Rationale for benchmark applied 
 
Revenue was used as the benchmark for materiality in the 
current year as lower profits were made due to inflationary 
pressures on the group, however revenue has remained 
consistent year on year and therefore the revenue benchmark 
was selected to reflect this. 
Performance materiality 
 
Performance materiality is set to reduce to an appropriately low 
level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements in the financial statements exceeds 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 
We set performance materiality at £223,000 (2023: £246,000) 
which represents 70% of overall materiality. 
Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the directors that we would report to them 
misstatements identified during our audit above £9,600 (2023: 
£11,000) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in 
our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 
 
Parent company materiality 
Overall materiality 
£192,000 (2023: £188,000). 
How we determined it 
Materiality has been determined with reference to a benchmark 
of total equity, of which it represents 3% (2023: 3%). 
Rationale for benchmark applied 
 
We used total equity to calculate our materiality as, in our 
review, this is the most relevant measure of the underlying 
financial position of the parent company for this year end as a 
holding company. 
Performance materiality 
 
Performance materiality is set to reduce to an appropriately low 
level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements in the financial statements exceeds 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 
We set performance materiality at £134,000 (2023: £132,000) 
which represents 70% of overall materiality. 
Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the directors that we would report to them 
misstatements identified during our audit above £5,700 (2023: 
£5,600) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in 
our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 
 
As part of designing our audit, we assessed the risk of material misstatement in the financial statements, whether due 
to fraud or error, and then designed and performed audit procedures responsive to those risks. In particular, we 
looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, such as assumptions on significant accounting estimates. 
 
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed sufficient work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole. We used the outputs of our risk assessment, our understanding of the group and the 
parent company, their environment, controls, and critical business processes, to consider qualitative factors to ensure 
that we obtained sufficient coverage across all financial statement line items. 
 
Our Group audit scope included an audit of the group and parent company financial statements. Based on our risk 
assessment, Creightons Plc and Potter & Moore Innovations Limited within the group were subject to full scope audit, 
which was performed by the group audit team. The group audit team obtained external bank confirmations for all bank 
accounts held within the group regardless if the entity was subject to a full scope audit to gain necessary assurance over 
the consolidated cash position as at 31 March 2024. 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
63 
At the parent company level, the group audit team also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical 
procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated 
financial information. 
 
At the parent company level, the group audit team also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical 
procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated 
financial information. 
 
Other information 
 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we 
do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 
 
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of audit or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, 
we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. 
 
We have nothing to report in this regard. 
 
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
 
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006. 
 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 
• 
the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements and those reports have been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements; 
• 
the information about internal control and risk management systems in relation to financial reporting processes 
and about share capital structures, given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 in the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules sourcebook made by the Financial Conduct Authority (the FCA Rules), is consistent with the 
financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements; and 
• 
information about the parent company’s corporate governance code and practices and about its administrative, 
management and supervisory bodies and their committees complies with rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 and 7.2.7 of the FCA 
Rules. 
 
Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
 
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in 
the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the: 
• 
strategic report or the directors’ report; or  
• 
information about internal control and risk management systems in relation to financial reporting processes and 
about share capital structures, given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 of the FCA Rules. 
 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us 
to report to you if, in our opinion: 
• 
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or 
• 
the parent company financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not 
in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 
• 
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
64 
• 
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 
• 
a corporate governance statement has not been prepared by the parent company. 
 
Corporate governance statement 
 
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors' statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and 
that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to Creightons Plc's compliance with the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Statement specified for our review. 
 
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during 
the audit: 
• 
Directors' statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified, set out on page 33; 
• 
Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why 
they period is appropriate, set out on page 39; 
• 
Directors' statement on fair, balanced and understandable, set out on page 43; 
• 
Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the e-merging and principal risks, set out on 
page 18 - 20; 
• 
The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems, set out on page 43; and; 
• 
The section describing the work of the audit committee, set out on page 43. 
 
Responsibilities of Directors 
 
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 57, the directors are responsible for 
the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
 
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so. 
 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements  
 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 
 
The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below. 
 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud.  
 
Based on our understanding of the group and the parent company and their industry, we considered that non-
compliance with the following laws and regulations might have a material effect on the financial statements: the 
Bribery Act 2010, General Data Protection Regulation ‘GDPR’, EU Cosmetics Regulation EC 1223:2009 & UK Cosmetic 
Products Enforcement Regulations 2013 and Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures ‘TCFD’. 
 
To help us identify instances of non-compliance with these laws and regulations, and in identifying and assessing the 
risks of material misstatement in respect to non-compliance, our procedures included, but were not limited to: 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
65 
• 
Gaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the group and the parent company, 
the industry in which they operate, and the structure of the group, and considering the risk of acts by the group 
and the parent company which were contrary to the applicable laws and regulations, including fraud;  
• 
Inquiring of the directors, management and, where appropriate, those charged with governance, as to whether 
the group and the parent company is in compliance with laws and regulations, and discussing their policies and 
procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations; 
• 
Inspecting correspondence with relevant licensing or regulatory authorities;  
• 
Reviewing minutes of directors’ meetings in the year; and 
• 
Discussing amongst the engagement team the laws and regulations listed above, and remaining alert to any 
indications of non-compliance. 
 
We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct effect on the preparation of the financial statements, 
such as UK tax legislation, UK-adopted international accounting standards, FRS 101 “Reduced disclosure framework”, 
Rules of the London Stock Exchange, and the Companies Act 2006. 
 
In addition, we evaluated the directors’ and management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of 
the financial statements, including the risk of management override of controls, and determined that the principal risks 
related to posting manual journal entries to manipulate financial performance, management bias through judgements 
and assumptions in significant accounting estimates, revenue recognition (which we pinpointed to the occurrence 
assertion) and significant one-off or unusual transactions.  
 
Our audit procedures in relation to fraud included but were not limited to: 
• 
Making enquiries of the directors and management on whether they had knowledge of any actual, suspected or 
alleged fraud; 
• 
Gaining an understanding of the internal controls established to mitigate risks related to fraud; 
• 
Discussing amongst the engagement team the risks of fraud; and 
• 
Addressing the risks of fraud through management override of controls by performing journal entry testing. 
 
The primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of irregularities, including fraud, rests with both those 
charged with governance and management. As with any audit, there remained a risk of non-detection of irregularities, 
as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations or the override of internal controls. 
 
The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit are discussed in the “Key audit matters” 
section of this report.  
 
A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 
 
Other matters which we are required to address 
 
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Board of Directors on 24 November 
2020 to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 March 2021 and subsequent financial periods. The period 
of total uninterrupted engagement is 4 years, covering the years ending 31 March 2021 to date. 
 
The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company 
and we remain independent of the group and the parent company in conducting our audit. 
 
Our audit opinion is consistent with our additional report to the Audit Committee. 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
66 
Use of the audit report 
 
This report is made solely to the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are 
required 
 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 
 
 
 
Stephen Brown (Senior Statutory Auditor)  
for and on behalf of Forvis Mazars LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor  
The Pinnacle 
160 Midsummer Boulevard 
Milton Keynes 
Buckinghamshire 
MK9 1FF 
Date  
 
 
Date 16 July 2024 
 
Stephen Brown (Jul 16, 2024 16:41 GMT+1)

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
67 
Consolidated income statement   
 
  
  
Year ended 
31 March 
2024 
Year ended 
31 March 
2023 
  
Note 
£000 
£000 
Revenue 
4,5 
          53,194  
 58,567  
Cost of sales 
  
      (30,364) 
 (34,219) 
Gross profit 
  
          22,830  
 24,348  
  
  
  
 
Distribution costs 
  
(3,488) 
 (3,902) 
Administrative expenses 
  
       (17,804) 
 (18,862) 
Operating profit before exceptional items 
 1,538  
 1,584  
  
  
  
 
Exceptional items - Redundancy costs 
7 
 (17) 
 (165) 
Exceptional items – Impairment 
8, 14 
(4,449) 
- 
Operating profit 
  
 (2,928) 
 1,419  
 
 
 
 
Exceptional items - Acquisition costs 
8 
                  -  
 (312) 
Finance costs 
9 
            (349) 
 (420) 
Profit before tax 
  
       (3,277)  
 687  
  
  
  
 
Taxation 
10 
            (250) 
 (173) 
(Loss) / Profit for the year attributable to the equity shareholders 
  
        (3,527)  
 514  
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income   
 
  
  
Year ended 
31 March 
2024 
Year ended 
31 March 
2023 
  
  
£000 
£000 
(Loss) / Profit for the year  
  
          (3,527) 
 514  
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit and loss: 
  
  
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 
  
                 13  
 (9) 
Other comprehensive income for the year 
  
                 13  
 (9) 
  
  
  
 
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to the equity 
shareholders 
  
         (3,514)  
505 
 
Earnings per share  
 
  
  
Year ended 
31 March  
Year ended 
31 March  
  
Note 
2024 
2023 
Basic 
12 
(5.15p) 
0.74p 
Diluted * 
12 
(5.15p) 
0.65p 
* Share options are excluded from the earnings per share calculation for the year ended 31 March 2024 due to their 
anti-dilutive effect on the loss after tax attributable to equity holders. 
 
Adjusted Earnings per share – alternate performance measure 
 
The following calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share excluding exceptional items has been calculated 
based on adding back the following deductions from (loss) / profit after tax: 
 
 
 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
 
Note  
2024 
2023 
 
 
£000 
£000 
(Loss) / Profit for the period from operations attributable to the equity 
shareholders of the parent Company 
 
(3,527) 
514 
Exceptional items – Impairment  
8,13,14 
4,449 
- 
Exceptional items – Deferred tax charge not previously recognised  
31 
165 
- 
Exceptional items – Acquisition costs (disallowed for tax provision) 
8 
- 
312 
Adjusted Earnings excluding exceptional items 
12 
1,087 
826 
 
Adjusted Basic earnings per share – excluding exceptional items  
12 
1.59p 
1.19p 
Adjusted Diluted earnings per share – excluding exceptional items 
12 
1.42p 
1.05p 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
68 
Consolidated balance sheet   
 
  
  
31 March 
31 March 
  
  
2024 
2023 
  
Note 
£000 
£000 
Non-current assets 
  
  
  
Goodwill 
13 
1,575  
 2,857  
Other intangible assets 
14 
6,374  
 10,894  
Property, plant and equipment 
15 
              5,219  
 5,890  
Right-of-use assets 
16 
              1,093  
 1,285  
  
 
             14,261  
 20,926  
Current assets 
 
 
Inventories 
18 
              8,225  
 10,228  
Trade and other receivables 
19 
             10,518  
 12,733  
Cash and cash equivalents 
20 
              3,138  
 1,653  
  
 
             21,881  
 24,614  
  
 
 
Total assets 
 
             36,142 
 45,540  
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities 
 
 
Trade and other payables 
22 
              8,265  
 9,836  
Corporation tax payable 
22 
                 105 
3 
Lease liabilities 
23 
                 351  
 373  
Borrowings 
24 
                 620  
 2,502  
  
 
              9,341  
 12,714  
  
 
 
Net current assets 
 
            12,540  
 11,900  
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liability 
31 
1,798 
 2,942  
Lease liabilities 
23 
                 633  
 917  
Borrowings 
24 
              2,315  
 3,488  
  
 
              4,746  
7,347  
  
 
 
Total liabilities 
 
             14,087  
20,061 
  
 
 
Net assets 
 
             22,055 
 25,479  
 
 
 
 
Equity 
 
 
Share capital 
25 
                 700  
 700  
Share premium account 
 
              2,024  
 2,022 
Merger reserve 
 
              2,476  
2,476 
Treasury shares 
8 
               (576) 
 (576) 
Other reserves 
  
               (211) 
 (211) 
Translation reserve 
  
                  27  
 14  
Retained earnings 
  
             17,615  
 21,054  
Total equity attributable to the equity shareholders of 
the parent Company 
  
22,055 
25,479 
 
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 16 July 2024. They 
were signed on its behalf by: 
 
 
 
 
 
Philippa Clark 
Managing Director 
P Clark (Jul 16, 2024 16:09 GMT+1)
P Clark

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
69 
Company balance sheet  
 
  
  
31 March 
31 March 
  
  
2024 
2023 
  
Note 
£000 
£000 
Non-current assets 
  
  
  
Investment in subsidiaries 
17 
                1,310  
 1,199  
Investment property 
15 
                3,100  
 3,310  
  
 
                   4,410  
 4,509  
Current assets 
 
  
 
Trade and other receivables 
19 
                4,374  
 4,256  
Cash and cash equivalents 
20 
                    20  
 26  
  
 
4,394 
 
 
4,282 
  
 
  
 
Total assets 
 
8,804 
8,791 
  
 
  
 
Current liabilities 
 
  
 
Trade and other payables 
22 
                    125  
 53  
Borrowings 
24 
                   185  
 178  
  
 
310 
231 
  
 
  
 
Net current assets 
 
4,084 
4,051 
  
 
  
 
Non-current liabilities 
 
  
 
Borrowings 
24 
2,102 
2,289 
  
 
2,102 
2,289 
  
 
  
 
Total liabilities 
 
2,412 
2,520 
  
 
  
 
Net assets 
 
6,392 
6,271 
  
 
  
 
Equity 
 
  
 
Share capital 
25 
                   700  
 700  
Share premium account 
 
                2,024  
 2,022  
Merger reserve  
 
                2,476  
2,476 
Treasury shares 
8 
                 (576) 
 (576) 
Capital redemption reserve 
  
                    18  
 18  
Other reserves 
 
                 (236) 
 (236) 
Retained earnings brought forward 
  
                1,978  
 1,802  
Profit for the year 
 
                    8  
 65  
Total equity attributable to the equity 
shareholders 
  
6,392 
6,271 
 
The Company’s profit after tax for the year was £8,000 (2023: £65,000). The Company has elected to take the 
exemption permitted under Section 408 of the companies Act 2006 not to present the Company’s individual income 
statement and related notes.  
 
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 16 July 2024. They 
were signed on its behalf by: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Philippa Clark 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Managing Director 
 
Company registration number 01227964 
P Clark (Jul 16, 2024 16:09 GMT+1)
P Clark

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
70 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity   
 
  
Share 
capital 
(note 
25) 
Share 
premium 
account 
Merger 
reserve 
Treasury 
Shares 
Other 
reserves 
Translation 
reserve 
Retained 
earnings 
 
Total 
equity 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
At 1 April 2022 
697  
1,951 
2,476  
 - 
(211) 
23 
20,742 
25,678 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
Comprehensive 
income for the year 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit for the year 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 514 
 514  
Exchange differences 
on translation of 
foreign operations 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 (9) 
 -  
 (9) 
Total 
comprehensive 
income for the year 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 (9) 
514  
505 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
Contributions by 
and distributions to 
owners 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise of options 
 3  
 71  
- 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 74  
Purchase of own 
shares (Note 8)  
 -  
 -  
- 
 (576) 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (576) 
Share-based 
payment charge 
(note 26) 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 
 101  
  
101  
Deferred tax through 
Equity (note 31) 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 -  
(303)  
(303)  
Total contributions 
by and 
distributions to 
owners 
 
 3  
 
 71  
 
- 
 
 (576) 
 
 -  
 
 -  
 
 (202)  
 
 (704) 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 2023 
 700  
2,022 
2,476  
(576) 
 (211) 
 14  
21,054 
25,479 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
Comprehensive 
income for the year 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss for the year 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 -     (3,527)  
(3,527) 
Exchange differences 
on translation of 
foreign operations 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -                 13  
          -  
       13  
Total 
comprehensive 
loss for the year 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
             13  
(3,527)  
(3,514)  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contributions by 
and distributions to 
owners 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise of options 
          -  
             2  
 -  
             -  
           -  
               -  
           -  
        2  
Share-based 
payment charge 
(note 26) 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 111  
 111  
Deferred tax through 
Equity (note 31) 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 -  
(23)  
(23) 
Total contributions 
by and 
distributions to 
owners 
           -  
             2  
           -  
           -  
           -  
        -            88  
90 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
At 31 March 2024 
700 
2,024 
2,476 
    (576) 
   (211) 
27 
17,615 
22,055 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
71 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued) 
 
Share capital 
The nominal value of allotted and fully paid up ordinary share capital in issue. 
 
Share premium account 
Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value. 
 
Merger reserve 
The excess of the nominal value of the shares issued to the shareholders upon the acquisition of Emma Hardie and 
Brodie & Stone businesses. 
 
Treasury shares 
Purchase of the Company’s own shares. 
 
Capital redemption reserve 
Non-distributable reserves following the purchase of Company’s own shares.  
 
Other reserves 
Purchase of the Company’s shares by the EBT is shown as a negative movement through other reserves. 
 
Translation reserve 
Foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of the overseas subsidiaries. 
 
Retained earnings 
Cumulative net gains and losses recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
72 
Company statement of changes in equity 
 
 
Share 
capital 
(note 
25) 
Share 
premium 
account 
Merger 
reserve 
Treasury 
shares 
Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
Other 
reserves 
Retained 
earnings 
Total 
equity 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
As at 1 April 2022 
697  
1,951  
2,476  
-  
18  
(236)  
1,701  
6,607  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
Comprehensive 
income for the year 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit for the year 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 65  
 65  
Total comprehensive 
income for the year 
 -  
 -  
- 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 65  
 65  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contributions by and 
distributions to 
owners 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise of options 
 3  
 71  
- 
- 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 74  
Share based payment  
charge 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
101 
101 
Purchase of own shares 
(note 8) 
 -  
 -  
- 
 (576) 
 
 -  
 -  
 (576) 
Total contributions 
by and distributions 
to owners 
 3  
 71  
- 
 (576) 
 -  
 -  
 101  
 (401) 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 2023 
 700  
 2,022  
2,476 
 (576) 
 18  
 (236) 
 1,867  
 6,271  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive 
income for the year 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit for the year 
  
-  
  
-  
  
  
-  
  
-  
  
-  
          8  
      8  
Total comprehensive 
income for the year 
  
-  
  
-  
  
  
-  
  
-  
  
-  
         8  
     8  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Contributions by and 
distributions to 
owners 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exercise of options 
       -  
            2  
-  
-  
                -  
            -  
          -  
       2  
Share based payment  
charge 
 - 
-  
 - 
-  
-  
-  
         111  
    111  
Total contributions 
by and distributions 
to owners 
        -  
              2  
-  
-  
                -  
            -  
        111  
113 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 2024 
    700  
2,024  
2,476  
 (576) 
18  
 (236) 
1,986  
6,392  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
73 
Consolidated cash flow statement  
 
  
Note  
Year ended 31 
March 
Year ended 31 
March 
  
  
2024 
2023 
  
  
£000 
£000 
Profit from operations including redundancy costs 
  
1,521 
1,419 
  
  
 
Adjustments for: 
  
 
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 
15 
992 
1,000 
Depreciation on right of use assets 
16 
368 
294 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
14 
358 
288 
Loss/(Profit) on disposal of Right of Use assets 
6 
59 
34 
Share based payment charge 
26 
111 
101 
  
  
3,409 
3,136 
  
  
 
 
Decrease in inventories 
18 
2,003 
2,250 
Decrease in trade and other receivables 
19 
2,215 
776 
(Decrease) in trade and other payables 
 
(1,570) 
(288) 
Cash generated from operations 
  
6,057 
5,874 
  
  
 
 
Taxation paid 
  
(30) 
(62) 
Net cash generated from operating activities 
  
6,027 
5,812 
  
  
 
 
Investing activities 
  
 
 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment  
15 
(321) 
(825) 
Purchase of intangible assets  
14 
(287) 
(315) 
Acquisition of Brodie & Stone 
8 
- 
(75) 
Acquisition of Emma Hardie 
8 
- 
(1,424) 
Net cash used in investing activities 
  
(608) 
(2,639) 
  
  
 
 
Financing activities 
  
 
 
Proceeds on issue of shares 
25 
2 
74 
Cancellation of leases 
23 
(59) 
(35) 
Principal paid on lease liabilities  
23 
(568) 
(436) 
Utilisation of invoice financing facilities 
30 
- 
290 
Repayment of invoice financing facilities 
30 
(1,557) 
- 
Repayment of amounts borrowed 
30 
(61)  
(600)  
Repayment on term loan 
30 
(1,329) 
(816) 
Interest paid on term loan  
30 
(123) 
- 
Repayment on mortgage loan facility 
30 
(180) 
(252) 
Interest paid on mortgage loan facility  
30 
(72) 
- 
Purchase of shares - Share buy back 
 
8 
- 
(576) 
Net cash generated (used in) financing activities 
  
(3,947) 
(2,351) 
  
  
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
  
1,472 
822 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 
  
1,653 
840 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 
  
13 
(9) 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
  
3,138 
1,653 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
74 
Company cash flow statement  
 
  
  
Year ended  
31 March 
Year ended 
31 March 
  
  
2024 
2023 
  
Note 
£000 
£000 
  
  
  
  
Profit from operations 
  
152 
142 
  
  
 
 
  
  
152 
142 
  
  
 
 
Adjustments for: 
  
 
 
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 
 15 
210 
211 
  
  
 
 
  
  
362 
353 
  
  
 
 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 
19 
(118) 
220 
(Increase) in trade and other payables 
 
- 
(3) 
Cash generated from operations 
  
244 
570 
  
  
 
 
Taxation paid 
 
- 
(45) 
 
  
 
 
Net cash generated from operating activities 
 
244 
525 
  
  
 
 
Investing activities 
  
 
 
Dividend received 
  
- 
- 
  
  
 
 
Net cash (used in)/generated investing activities 
  
- 
- 
  
  
 
 
Financing activities 
  
 
 
Proceeds of share issue 
25  
2 
74 
Repayment on loan facility 
 
(252) 
(252) 
Purchase of shares - EH buy back 
8 
- 
(576) 
  
  
 
 
Net cash generated (used in) financing activities 
  
(250) 
(754) 
  
  
 
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
  
(6) 
(229) 
  
  
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 
  
26 
255 
  
  
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
  
20 
26 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
75 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
1. 
General information 
 
Creightons PLC (the Company) is incorporated in England and Wales under the Companies Act 2006. The address 
of the registered office is given on page 112. It is a public Company, with a premium listing on the London Stock 
Exchange. The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in the strategic report on 
pages 3 to 33. 
 
 
2 
Material accounting policies 
 
Basis of accounting 
 
The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 
standard in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 
 
The IFRSs applied in the Group financial statements are subject to ongoing amendment by the IASB and therefore 
subject to possible change in the future. Further standards and interpretations may be issued that will be applicable 
for financial years beginning on or after 1 April 2024 or later accounting periods but may be adopted early. 
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of certain accounting estimates. 
It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. 
 
The primary statements within the financial information contained in this document have been presented in 
accordance with IAS1 Presentation of Financial Statements. 
 
The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis as modified for the fair value of business 
combinations. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods 
and services. The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below. 
 
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has 
not presented its own Statement of Comprehensive Income in these financial statements.  
 
Adoption of new and revised accounting standards 
 
None of the standards adopted during the year had a material impact on the Group's financial statements for the 
year ended 31 March 2024. 
 
There are a number of standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations which have been issued by the 
IASB that are effective in future accounting periods that the Group has decided not to adopt early. The Group does 
not expect any of the standards issued by the IASB, but not yet effective, to have a material impact on the Group. 
 
The following table summarises the impact of prior period disclosure reclassification on the financial statements of 
the Group. Further detail is provided in note 7. This does not impact the profit figure stated in the prior year 
accounts. As a result, this has no impact on the prior period basic and diluted earnings per share presented in note 
12. 
 
The aggregate remuneration of employees during the year was comprised: 
 
 
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
Reclassification 
 
Wages and salaries  
12,753 
13,288 
12,831 
Social security costs 
1,219 
1,346 
1,346 
Pension contributions 
331 
438 
438 
Share based payment charge 
111 
101 
101 
  
  
 
 
Total 
14,414 
15,173 
14,716 
 
The reclassification pertained to the non-productive direct labour which had been recharged to other Administrative 
costs in the previous year. For the current year these have been reclassified to wages and salaries within 
Administrative costs. The reclassification aims to provide a more accurate depiction of the total wages and salary 
cost for the Group. 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
76 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
2   Significant accounting policies (continued) 
 
Basis of consolidation 
 
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled 
by the Company (its subsidiaries), made up to the 31 March each year, as set out in note 17.  Control is achieved 
when the Company: 
 
• 
has power over the investee; 
• 
is exposed, or has rights, to variable return from its involvement with the investee; and 
• 
has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. 
 
 
The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are 
changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above. 
 
Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the 
Company loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, the results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the 
year are included in the consolidated income statement from the date the Company gains control until the date the 
Company ceases to control the subsidiary. 
 
Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies 
used into line with the Group’s accounting policies. 
 
All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between 
members of the Group are eliminated on consolidation. 
 
 
Going concern 
 
Whilst the Group has faced a number of challenges due to the current economic climate, it has exhibited improved 
performance for the second half of the year due to remedial actions taken by management as explained in the 
Chairman’s statement and operational highlights on pages 2 to 6. The Groups gross margin is recovering after 
securing price increases from customers, improved production efficiencies and a stabilisation in the rate of cost 
increases. Processes are in place to continue to review customer margins and to recover any increases from 
customers through selling price increases, product reengineering and other cost mitigation measures. The benefit 
of the margin improvement and overhead reduction programme has been evident in the second half performance 
of the year to 31 March 2024. 
 
The Group continues to meet its debt obligations and expects to operate comfortably within its available borrowing 
facilities for the next 3 years. This assessment is based on our ability to retain existing borrowing facilities and 
assuming moderate top line sales growth. 
 
The going concern assessment included various sensitivity analyses including the loss of the Group’s largest 
customer. In the unlikely event that all of this business was lost, this would be mitigated by reduced production and 
warehouse, stock holding and account management costs. The Group has a long standing relationship with its 
customer base and is actively working on new briefs in targeting growth. Additionally, other scenarios examined 
increasing cost of sales by 20% and separately increases in overhead costs by 20%. 
 
The Group also has a disaster recovery plan and would be able to transfer part of its production between sites should 
the need arise. There are also good relationships with suppliers and customers to enable the business to mitigate 
any supply chain issues. The Group possesses adequate insurance cover to mitigate the impact of severe adverse 
scenarios on business interruption, plant and machinery, stock and buildings. 
 
In the extreme scenario, should turnover reduce, the Group could consolidate production on to a single site 
providing an overhead cost reduction. 
 
The Group continues to monitor the long term impacts of climate change and these are set out in the Task Force on 
Climate – related Financial disclosures (TCFD) report and Risk Management and Sustainability sections of the 
Strategic Report. The Group believes the impact of climate change will not have a material impact to long term 
viability of the business but rather an opportunity to provide our customers with sustainable solutions.  
 
The Directors have therefore formed a judgement, at the time of approving the financial statements, that there is 
a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future being at least twelve months from the date of this report. For this reason, the Directors continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
77 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
2. Significant accounting policies (continued) 
 
 
Business combinations 
 
Acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration 
transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition-
date fair values of assets transferred by the acquirer, less liabilities incurred in exchange for control of the entity 
acquired. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.  
 
At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair value, 
except: 
 
• 
liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree or share-
based payment arrangements of the Group entered into to replace share-based payment arrangements of 
the acquiree are measured in accordance with IFRS 2 at the acquisition date; 
• 
deferred tax assets or liabilities and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit arrangements that are 
recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits 
respectively; and 
• 
assets that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and 
Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with that standard. 
 
Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling 
interests in the acquired entity, and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interests in the acquiree 
(if any) over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.  
If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the 
acquired entity and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held interests in the acquired entity (if any), the excess 
is recognised immediately in profit or loss as a purchase gain. When the consideration transferred by the Group in 
a business combination includes a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent consideration is measured 
at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. 
Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted 
retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are 
adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during the 'measurement period' (which cannot exceed 
one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. 
 
On the acquisition date, the acquirer is required to recognise, separately from goodwill, the identifiable assets 
acquired and the liabilities assumed in a business combination. Upon the acquisition of Emma Hardie Limited and 
Brodie and Stone Holdings Limited (and its subsidiary), the Group recognised the associated brand value of Emma 
Hardie and Brodie and Stone as an identifiable asset to be recognised on acquisition. The Directors have assessed 
the key nature and attributes of the assets of the businesses acquired and in particular the value of the separable 
intangible assets. The Directors have concluded that there was no material value attributable to the intangible 
categories of customer relationships, employees and knowhow and are satisfied that it is appropriate to attribute 
the full value of the intangible asset acquired to brand value.  
 
In forming their judgement that the acquired brands have an indefinite life, the Directors give consideration to 
factors such as the expected usage of the brands, typical product lifecycles, new product developments, market 
stability, competitive positioning and the level of marketing support required to maintain the brands. 
 
The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as 
measurement period adjustments depends on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent 
consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent 
settlement is accounted for within equity. Other contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value at 
subsequent reporting dates with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss. 
 
Goodwill, intangible assets and brand value with indefinite lives 
 
Goodwill and brand value is initially recognised and measured as set out above. 
 
These assets are not amortised but are reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purposes of impairment 
testing, these assets are allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination.  Cash-generating units, to which goodwill and Brand have been allocated, are tested 
for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired.  If the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is 
first allocated to reduce the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the 
unit on a pro-rata basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill 
is not reversible in subsequent periods. 
 
On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss 
on disposal. 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
78 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
2. 
Significant accounting policies (continued) 
 
Revenue recognition - Group 
 
The Group’s revenue is generated from selling goods and is recognised when control has been transferred to the 
customer including distributors. The passage of control to the customer occurs at point of collection for those 
customers arranging onward shipment (ex-works terms) or at point of delivery where transport is arranged by the 
Group. There is limited judgement needed in identifying the point control passes: once physical delivery of the 
products to the agreed location has occurred, the Group no longer has physical possession, has a right to payment 
on agreed terms and it is considered that the Group has satisfied the performance obligation.  
 
Most of the Group’s revenue is derived from fixed price agreements with customers and therefore the amount of 
revenue to be earned from each shipment is determined by reference to those fixed prices. Provisions for returns 
from customers, royalties, rebates and promotional support are deducted from revenue. 
 
Returns from customers 
Sale of goods are not subject to returns outside of delivery queries and quality defects. Any returns are recognised 
within revenue. A returns provision is not deemed necessary, due to the insignificant volume of returns. All deliveries 
are signed for upon receipt of goods and any discrepancies are notified immediately. Additionally, the business has 
robust quality control measures, limiting the potential of any significant returns of this nature.  
 
Royalties and Rebates 
The royalties and rebates relate to amounts payable to customers in respect of contracted agreements based on 
sales in the period at the agreed contracted rate. Where a royalty or rebate activity spans across the year end, an 
accrual is reflected in the Group accounts based on the agreed terms with the customer. This is recognised in 
revenue. 
 
Promotional support 
The Group provides for amounts payable to trade customers for promotional activities. Where a promotional activity 
spans across the year end, an accrual is reflected in the Group accounts based on our expectation of customer and 
consumer uptake during the promotional period and the extent to which temporary promotional activity has 
occurred. This is recognised in revenue. 
 
Payment terms are based on market practice and commercial terms agreed with the individual customer. 
 
Practical exemptions 
The Group has taken advantage of the practical exemptions not to account for significant financing components as 
all customer payment terms mean the time difference between receiving consideration and transferring control of 
goods to its customer is one year or less. 
 
Revenue recognition – Company 
 
The Company’s revenue represents rental income on its Investment Property. Revenue is recognised across the 
period of the agreements in place on a straight-line basis. 
 
Leases 
 
The Group accounts for a contract, or a portion of a contract, as a lease when it conveys the right to use an asset 
for a period of time in exchange for consideration.  Leases are those contracts that satisfy the following criteria: 
• 
There is an identifiable asset, 
• 
The Group obtains substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of the asset, and 
• 
The Group has the right to direct the use of the asset.  
 
The Group considers whether the supplier has substantive substitution rights.  If the supplier does have those rights, 
the contract is not treated as giving rise to a lease. 
In determining whether the Group obtains substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of the asset, the 
Group considers only the economic benefits that arise from the use of the assets, not those incidental to legal 
ownership or other potential benefits. 
 
In determining whether the Group has the right to direct the use of the assets, the Group considers whether it 
directs how and for what purpose the asset is used throughout the period of use. If there are no significant decisions 
to be made because they are pre-determined due to the nature of the asset, the Group considers whether it was 
involved in the design of the asset in a way that predetermines how and for what purpose the asset will be used 
throughout the period of use. If the contract or portion of the contract does not satisfy these criteria, the Group 
applies other applicable IFRS rather than IFRS 16. 
 
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right of use asset and a lease liability except for; 
• 
leases of low value assets; under £5,000, and 
• 
leases with a duration of 12 months or less. 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
79 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
2. 
Significant accounting policies (continued) 
 
Lease liabilities are measured at present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term, 
with the discount rate determined by the rate implicit in the lease unless (as is typically the case) this is not readily 
determinable, in which case the Group’s incremental borrowing on the commencement of the lease is used.  
 
On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also includes; 
• 
amounts expected to be payable under any residual value guarantee, 
• 
the exercise price of any purchase option granted in favour of the Group if it is reasonably certain to 
exercise that option, 
• 
any penalties payable for terminating the lease, if the term of the lease has been estimated on the basis 
of the termination option being exercised. 
 
Right of use assets are initially measured at the amount of the lease liability, reduced by any lease incentives 
received and increased for; 
 
• 
lease payments made at or before commencement of the lease, 
• 
initial direct costs incurred, and 
• 
the amount of any provision recognised where the Group is contractually required to dismantle, remove or 
restore the leased asset (typically leasehold dilapidations). 
 
Subsequent to initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the 
balance outstanding and reduced for lease payments made. Right of use assets are amortised on a straight-line 
basis over the remaining term of the lease or over the economic life of the asset if this is judged to be shorter than 
the lease term. 
 
The Company has entered into a lease agreement as a lessor with respect to its investment property with its 
subsidiary undertaking, Potter and Moore Innovations Limited. 
 
Leases for which the Company is a lessor are classified as finance or operating leases. Whenever the terms of the 
lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee, the contract is classified as a finance 
lease. All other leases are classified as operating leases. 
 
Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Initial 
direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased 
asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 
 
Foreign currencies 
 
The individual financial statements of each Group Company are prepared in the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which it operates (its functional currency).  For the purposes of consolidated financial statements, 
the result and financial position of each Group Company is presented in pounds sterling, which is the functional 
currency of the Company, and the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements. 
 
In preparing the financial statements of individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s 
functional currency (foreign currencies) are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the 
transactions.  At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies 
are retranslated at the rates ruling at that date.  
 
 
For the purposes of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign 
operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date.  Income and expense items are 
translated at the average exchange rate for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly during that 
period, in which case the exchange rates at the date of transactions are used.  Exchange differences arising, if any, 
are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity. 
 
On the disposal of a foreign operation (i.e. a disposal of the Group’s entire interest in a foreign operation, or a  
disposal involving loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, loss of joint control over a 
jointly controlled entity that includes a foreign operation, or loss of significant influence over an associate that 
includes a foreign operation) all of the accumulated exchange differences in respect of that operation attributable 
to the Group are reclassified to profit or loss.  
 
In addition, in relation to a partial disposal of a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation that does not result in 
the Group losing control over the subsidiary, the proportionate share of accumulated exchange differences are re-
attributed to non-controlling interests and are not recognised in profit or loss. For all other partial disposals (i.e. 
partial disposals of associates or joint arrangements that do not result in the Group losing significant influence or 
joint control), the proportionate share of the accumulated exchange differences is reclassified to profit or loss. 
 
Borrowing costs 
 
All borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred, within finance 
costs. 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
80 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
2   Significant accounting policies (continued) 
 
Retirement benefit costs 
 
The Group companies contribute to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes.   
 
Payments to the defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are recognised as an expense when employees 
have rendered service entitling them to the contributions.  
 
Taxation 
 
The tax expense represents the sum of current tax and deferred tax. 
 
Current tax 
 
Current tax is based on the taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income 
statement because it excludes items of income or expenditure that are taxable or deductible in other years and it 
further excludes items of income or expenditure that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current 
tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. 
 
Deferred tax 
 
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on material differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of 
taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 
recognised for all temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary timing differences can be utilised. Such assets 
and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary differences arise from the initial recognition of goodwill or from 
the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither taxable profit nor accounting 
profit. 
 
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that 
it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. 
Deferred tax is calculated at tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the 
asset is realised based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or 
credited to other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive 
income.  
 
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the 
manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of 
its assets or liabilities. 
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the 
Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. 
 
Current and deferred tax for the year 
 
Current and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognised in 
other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognised 
in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively.  When current tax or deferred tax arises from the 
initial accounting for a business combination, that tax effect is included in the accounting for the business 
combination. 
 
Property, plant and equipment 
 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. 
 
Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of the assets less any residual values over their estimated useful 
lives using the straight-line method on the following basis: 
  
  
% per annum 
      Freehold land and buildings 
• 
land 
0 
• 
buildings 
5 - 20 
 
Plant and machinery 
10 - 20 
 
Fixtures and fittings 
10 - 20 
 
Computers 
20 - 33 
 
The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method used are reviewed at the end of each reporting 
period, with the effect of any changes in the estimate accounted for on a prospective basis. 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
81 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
2   Significant accounting policies (continued) 
 
An item of property, plant and equipment is de-recognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are 
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset.  The gain or loss arising on the disposal or scrappage of an 
asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is 
recognised in the income statement.  
 
Depreciation and amortisation are included in the income statement under administration expenses.  
 
Investment Property – Company only 
 
Investment property is initially measured at cost, including transaction costs associated with the purchase. 
Subsequently, the asset is recognised at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment.  
 
Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of the Investment Property over its estimated useful life using 
the straight-line method. The useful economic life is considered to be 20 years. 
 
 
      Research and development expenditure 
 
Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. 
 
In accordance with IAS 38 Intangible Assets, internally generated intangible assets will be capitalised; 
 
• 
the Group has adequate resources (both technical and financial) to complete the project 
• 
undertake the technical feasibility of the project and ensure its commercial viability for the intended market 
• 
where a project has entered the development phase and is sufficiently self-contained that the expected 
future economic benefits can be traced to those assets developed in the project 
• 
it is probable that the future economic benefits that are attributable to those assets will flow to the Group 
in the form of sales of the developed product and 
• 
the costs of the asset can be measured reliably. 
 
Internally generated intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives of up to two 
years. Where no internally generated intangible assets can be recognised, development expenditure is recognised 
as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. 
 
Intangible assets acquired separately 
 
Other intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated annual impairment.  
Amortisation begins when an asset is available for use and is calculated on a straight-line basis over its estimated 
useful life as follows: 
 
Computer software 
 
 
- Over three to five years 
Product development costs 
 
- Over one to two years 
 
Intellectual Property and brands are held with an indefinite useful life and are reviewed annually for any impairment. 
 
The acquired brands have been recognised as an intangible asset with an indefinite life, as these brands have been 
acquired as a long-term investment. Please see note 3 for an explanation for the factors determining the indefinite 
useful life.  An intangible asset with an indefinite life is not amortised, but its useful life is reviewed each reporting 
period to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life assessment for 
that asset. The asset is assessed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. 
 
Impairment of tangible and other intangible assets  
 
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amount of its tangible and intangible assets to determine 
whether there is any indication that those assets suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the 
recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. Where the 
asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable 
amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs.   
 
Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the 
current market assessment of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset for which the estimates of 
future cash flows have not been adjusted. 
 
Investments 
 
Investments in subsidiary companies are stated at cost less any recognised impairment loss. 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
82 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
2   Significant accounting policies (continued) 
 
Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) 
 
The EBT is consolidated on the basis that the parent has control, thus the assets and liabilities of the EBT are 
included in the Statement of Financial Position and shares held by the EBT in the Company are presented as a 
deduction from equity. 
 
Inventories 
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value.  The standard cost comprises direct materials and 
where applicable direct labour costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to 
their present location and condition. Cost is calculated using standard costing and on FIFO basis. Net realisable 
value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs to completion and costs to be incurred in 
marketing, selling and distribution. 
 
Financial assets 
 
Financial assets principally relate to trade receivables. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective of 
collecting the contractual cash flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.  
 
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value. IFRS 9 requires the use of an expected credit loss model to 
recognise an impairment allowance. The simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, requires expected lifetime losses 
to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables, and this has been adopted by the Group. During this 
process the probability of the non-payment of the trade receivables is assessed. This probability is then multiplied 
by the amount of the expected loss arising from default to determine the lifetime expected credit loss for the 
receivables. For trade receivables, which are reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate provision 
account with the loss being reported within cost of sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 
On confirmation that the trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written off 
against the associated provision. 
 
For the Company, impairment provisions for receivables from Group companies are recognised, based on a forward 
looking expected credit loss method. The methodology used to determine the amount of the provision is based on 
whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the financial asset.  
 
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, demand deposits and surplus invoice financing amounts, and 
represent cash in the balance sheet and in the cashflow statement. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in 
current liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position and are treated as financing transactions. 
 
Financial liabilities 
 
Financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes party to a contractual 
provision of the instrument. 
 
Trade payables, overdrafts, invoice finance facilities and other short-term liabilities, are initially recognised at fair 
value and subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective rate method. 
 
Bank Loans 
Bank loans are initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs attributable to the issue of the 
instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost ensuring the interest 
element of the borrowing is expensed over the repayment period at a constant rate. 
Share-based payments 
 
Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair 
value at the grant date.  The fair value excludes the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. Details regarding 
the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based payments are set out in note 26. 
 
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight 
line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest.  At each balance 
sheet date the Group revises its estimate of the number of shares expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-
market based vesting conditions.  The impact of the revision of the original estimate, if any, is recognised in profit 
or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity 
reserves. 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
83 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
2   Significant accounting policies (continued) 
 
The replacement of equity-settled share-based payments during the vesting period are measured at the incremental 
fair value. The measurement of the amount recognised for services received over the period from the modification 
date until the date when the modified equity instruments vest is expensed on a straight line basis over the modified 
vesting period, in addition to the amount based on the grant date fair value of the original equity instruments, which 
is recognised over the remainder of the original vesting period. 
 
Sale and leaseback 
 
When the Group has undertaken a sale and lease back transaction, the Group must determine whether the transfer 
qualifies as a sale. This determination is based on the requirements for satisfying a performance obligation in IFRS 
15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’. The leaseback is then accounted for under the lessee accounting 
model. The Group utilises sale and leaseback opportunities where appropriate to finance capital investment and 
reduce the impact on working capital. The lease period for these items is normally 5 years and the rate of interest 
is agreed upon each transaction. 
 
Earnings per share 
 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent 
Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per 
share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent Company by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares during the year adjusted for the potentially dilutive ordinary shares. 
 
Dividends 
  
Dividends are recognised when they are legally payable. Interim dividends are recognised when declared by the 
Directors. Final dividends are disclosed when approved by the shareholders at the general meeting. 
 
Share capital and share premium 
  
Financial instruments issued by the Group are classified as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the 
definition of a financial liability or financial asset.   
The Group's ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments. 
 
Impact of climate change  
 
Climate change is a global challenge and an emerging risk to businesses, people and the environment across the 
world. We have a role to play in limiting warming by improving our energy management, reducing our carbon 
emissions and by helping our customers do the same. Growing awareness of climate change and customer 
sustainability targets will provide impetus for business growth as we provide products, services and solutions that 
increase efficiency and reduce customers’ energy use and carbon emissions. As a result, in our view climate change 
does not create any further key sources of estimation uncertainty. For further details see the Task Force on Climate 
– related Financial disclosures (TCFD) report and Risk Management and Sustainability sections of the Strategic 
Report on pages 24 to 32. 
 
 
Exceptional items 
  
Exceptional items are non-recurring material items which are outside the normal scope of the Group’s ordinary 
activities such as liabilities and costs arising from a fundamental restructuring of the Group’s operations, impairment 
of assets and acquisition related costs. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
84 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
3 
Critical accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty (continued) 
 
Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies 
 
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in note 2, management has made 
the following judgements that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial 
statements. 
 
Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
 
Inventory provision: 
 
An estimate is required in determining the value of any provisions held against inventory. In determining this 
provision, the Directors have made an assessment based on the historic realisable value of finished products and 
made provision for all raw materials with no current demand based on orders and forecasts in the system at the 
year end, each item is assessed and reviewed for future usage as part of the inventory provision calculation. Future 
demand is based on forecast built up from product level demand by customer. This forecasted demand where 
possible is built on historic actual sales to end consumer based on the previous 3 months adjusted for seasonal 
trends and known new listings or discontinuations. The inventory value is £8,225,000 (2023: £10,228,000). This is 
net of provisions of £982,000 (2023: £1,014,000) for residual inventories per note 18, which has historically proved 
to be realistic. The Group inventory provision is derived from forecasted demand from customers. An inventory 
provision will only arise in the absence of ongoing demand. Therefore, a sensitivity analysis on inventory provision 
is not appropriate. The Group has agreements with its private label customers for forecasted demand, any 
discontinuation of product and or ranges is closely managed to ensure wherever possible raw materials are 
converted to finished goods and sold prior to exit. In regard to branded products, the Group has the capacity to 
manage any discontinuations. It is impracticable to disclose the extent of the possible effects of a change in forecast 
at the end of the reporting period. On the basis of existing knowledge there would be no material adjustment to the 
carrying amount of inventory. 
 
Impairment of goodwill: 
 
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an assessment of value in use based on the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill is allocated. For goodwill, which is deemed to have an 
indefinite life, the recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date. The recoverable amount of an asset or 
cash generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, 
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific of the asset. For the purpose of 
impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows 
from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash 
generating unit”). The goodwill acquired in a business combination, for the purpose of impairment testing, is 
allocated to cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Goodwill 
recognised on acquisition in relation to the deferred tax liability associated with the brand value will be reviewed 
on an annual basis for impairment in conjunction with the assessment of impairment of the brand value. Any 
impairment as a result of the annual review of the brand value will lead to a derecognition of the goodwill and the 
corresponding deferred tax liability.  
 
An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash generating unit exceeds its 
estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount 
of any goodwill allocated to cash generating units and then to reduce the carrying amount of other assets (e.g. 
Brand value) within the unit on a pro-rata basis.  
 
The key assumptions used for the value in use calculation are the discount rate, sales and margin projections, 
expected changes in direct and indirect costs during the five-year forecast. 
 
The cashflow projections cover a five year period based on detailed approved budget forecasts for the next year, 
Directors’ projections of profits for years two to five and a value to perpetuity thereafter. It is prudent to take a long 
term view of profitability levels when considering potential impairments to Goodwill to minimise fluctuations between 
trading years.  
 
The discount rate represents the best estimate of the Group’s weighted average cost of capital, either reflecting 
past experience or is consistent with external sources of information. The calculation is based on the proportion of 
debt and equity in the Group’s capital structure and adjusted for specific risks relating to the sector and country, as 
this is believed to be the most appropriate to be used. 
 
The applied Growth rate is indicative of managements assumption that the long term growth rate in each of the 
CGU’s from year five onwards will be 2% per annum when extrapolating future cash flows as part of the calculation 
to perpetuity. This is in line with historical growth rates for the business sector. 
 
As a result of the annual review, the Emma Hardie Goodwill was impaired in full. Upon reflection of the historic 
operations of the business along with a conservative viewpoint of the future trading forecast of the brand, the Group 
has taken a prudent view in forecasting the future performance of the Brand. This approach has resulted in an  

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
85 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
3 
Critical accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty (continued) 
 
impairment of the Emma Hardie Goodwill and Brand Value. Please see below for the key assumptions used in the 
assessment. Further detail is set out in note 13. The Group has assessed the implication of climate change in the 
TCFD report on pages 24 to 32. The cashflows prepared for the value in use in the impairment review have regard 
to the impact of climate change which is not considered to be significant in these cashflows. 
 
Key assumptions used in this assessment are as follows: 
 
Brand 
Discount Rate 
(Pre-tax) 
Growth Rate 
Emma Hardie 
15.06% 
(9%) in FY25, 0% in FY26 and 2% in perpetuity  
Brodie and Stone 
14.27% 
15% in FY25, 5% in FY26 and 2% in perpetuity 
Potter and Moore Innovations 
23.02% 
0% in FY25, 2% in FY26 and 2% in perpetuity 
 
Impairment of brand values: 
 
Determining whether an intangible asset is impaired requires an assessment of the value in use based on the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill is allocated. For brand value, which is deemed 
to have an indefinite life, the recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date. The value in use requires 
the entity to estimate the future economic benefit. 
 
As a result of the annual review, the Emma Hardie brand was impaired. Please see above for the key assumptions 
used in the assessment. Further detail is set out in note 14. 
 
The Group has assessed the implication of climate change in the TCFD report on pages 24 to 32. The cashflows 
prepared for the value in use in the impairment review have regard to the impact of climate change which is not 
considered to be significant in these cashflows.  
 
Key assumptions used in this assessment are as follows: 
 
Brand 
Discount Rate 
(Pre-tax) 
Growth Rate 
Balance Active 
14.19% 
24% in FY25, 5% in FY26 and 2% in perpetuity 
 
Other estimates  
 
Expected credit losses (ECL): 
 
When measuring ECL the Group uses reasonable and supportable forward-looking information, which is based on 
assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other.  
Expected credit loss calculated is an estimate of the loss arising on default. It is based on the difference between 
the contractual cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to receive. Probability of default constitutes 
a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time 
horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions, this is 
where the uncertainty lies.  
 
The Group only trades on credit terms with customers where it holds sufficient credit insurance, all other 
customers pay on a proforma basis therefore reducing the ECL risk to a maximum of 10% of a customer’s trade 
debtor balance. The value of trade receivables is £10,172,000 (2023: £12,220,000), net of provisions of £21,000 
(2023: £45,000).   
 
Expected credit losses on intercompany debt balances is deemed to be nil as the loans are repayable on demand. 
The expected credit losses are based on the assumption that repayment of the loan is demanded at the reporting 
date. The borrower has sufficient accessible assets in order to repay the loan if demanded at the reporting date.   
 
Deferred tax: 
 
The calculation of the Group’s total tax charge involves a degree of estimation in respect of the recoverability of 
tax losses. Deferred tax in relation to losses is recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will 
be available for which unused tax losses can be utilised. Please see note 2, Going concern, where management 
have assessed budgets, forecasts and conducted sensitivity analysis which conclude that  as a result of future 
forecasted profits, the recognition of tax losses within the deferred tax balance is appropriate. Further detail is set 
out in note 31. Additionally, a deferred tax liability was recognised in relation to the acquisition of the brand 
values associated with Emma Hardie and Brodie and Stone. These are subject to impairment reviews as detailed 
above. Any impairment as a result of the annual review of the brand value will lead to a derecognition of the 
deferred tax liability and the corresponding goodwill. 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
86 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
4 
Revenue 
 
All of the Group’s revenue is derived from the sale of goods.  The following is a disaggregation of the Group’s 
revenue. 
 
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
Sales of goods 
55,999 
 60,713  
Settlement discounts 
(75) 
 (88) 
Contracted retailer commitments 
(1,368) 
 (935) 
Royalties & commissions 
- 
 (10) 
Retailer promotional support 
(1,362) 
 (1,113) 
Revenue 
53,194 
 58,567  
 
5   Business and geographic segments 
 
In the year ended 31 March 2024, the Group had one customer that exceeded 10% of total revenue, being £11.8m 
(2023: one customer being £10.3m). 
 
The Group makes sales under its own branded ranges, private label and contract manufacturing. However, all return 
on investment and capital investment decisions are assessed at an overall business level only. Customers purchase 
from various brands across the business, using the same manufacturing facilities (other than a small number of 
products purchased from third parties), with the same employees working across all of the ranges in manufacturing 
and support services. The Group therefore considers there to be only one operating segment when providing 
information for management review. 
 
Revenues from external customers 
 
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
UK 
44,723 
47,964 
Overseas 
8,471 
10,603 
Total 
53,194 
58,567 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
87 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
5   Business and geographic segments (continued) 
 
The below table shows the split of overseas sales by country. There are no non-current assets held overseas. 
 
 
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
Denmark 
2,724 
2,158 
Vietnam 
114 
1,902 
Saudi Arabia 
1,268 
1,442 
Chile 
588 
555 
United States of America 
539 
839 
Ireland 
424 
504 
Australia 
71 
424 
France 
59 
269 
United Arab Emirates 
163 
254 
Nigeria 
384 
196 
Germany 
307 
181 
China 
287 
166 
Georgia 
238 
157 
Pakistan 
375 
- 
Oman 
160 
- 
South Africa 
197 
129 
New Zealand  
56 
22 
Latvia  
114 
116 
Ecuador 
53 
140 
Other 
350 
1,149 
Total 
8,471 
10,603 
 
6 
Operating profit  
 
Operating profit for the Group is stated after charging: 
 
  
 Note 
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
  
2024 
2023 
  
  
£000 
£000 
Net foreign exchange (gain) / loss 
  
(125) 
(126) 
  
  
 
Cost of inventories recognised as expense 
  
30,489 
34,093 
  
  
 
Write downs of inventories recognised as an expense  
  
1,421 
798 
  
  
 
External research and development costs 
  
385 
336 
  
  
 
Depreciation of property plant and equipment 
  
 
  Owned assets 
 15 
992 
1,000 
  Right-of-use assets 
 16 
368 
294 
  
  
 
Loss on disposal of Right of Use assets  
  
59 
34 
  
  
 
Amortisation of intangible assets (included in administrative 
expenses) 
14 
358 
288 
  
  
 
Staff costs  
7 
14,414 
15,173 
  
 
 
Auditor’s remuneration  
  
250 
170 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
88 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
6 
Operating profit (continued) 
 
The analysis of Group’s auditor’s remuneration is as follows: 
 
  
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
  
2024 
2023 
  
  
£000 
£000 
Audit services 
  
 
  
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the parent 
Company and the consolidated financial statements 
  
250 
170 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for other services: 
  
- 
- 
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries, pursuant to legislation 
  
- 
- 
 
Operating profit for the Company is stated after charging: 
 
  
 Note 
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
  
2024 
2023 
  
  
£000 
£000 
Depreciation of property plant and equipment 
  
  
  
- Owned assets 
15 
210 
211 
 
7 
Staff costs 
 
The average number of employees (including Directors) was: 
 
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
  
Number 
Number 
Management 
7 
9 
Administration 
107 
115 
Production 
293 
348 
Total 
407 
472 
 
Their aggregate remuneration comprised: 
 
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
Wages and salaries  
12,753 
13,288 
Social security costs 
1,219 
1,346 
Pension contributions 
331 
438 
Share based payment charge 
111 
101 
Total 
14,414 
15,173 
 
The disclosure for the prior period has been reclassified to include wages and salary costs incorrectly allocated within 
other administrative expenses. The reclassification aims to provide a more accurate depiction of the total wages and 
salary cost for the Group. This does not impact the prior period basic and diluted earnings per share presented in 
note 12 as it does not change the profit figure stated in the prior year accounts. 
 
Details of the emoluments of Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, are set out in the 
Directors’ remuneration report.  
 
The parent Company had no staff costs or employees in the year ended 31 March 2024 (2023: nil). 
 
Redundancy costs incurred of £17,000 (2023: £165,000) within exceptional costs as the transaction is not routine 
within business income and expenses. This ensures consistency between periods. 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
89 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
8. 
Business combinations 
 
Emma Hardie  
On 28th July 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Emma Hardie Limited. Total 
consideration was £4.86m, of which £2.77m was paid in cash, £1.36m was settled by the issue of 1,600,000 
shares in Creightons PLC at a price of £0.848 per share, and there was £0.084m of deferred consideration and a 
further £0.644m in contingent consideration. There was cash acquired of £0.08m and debt acquired at fair value 
of £2.20m. 
The Company had guaranteed to the sellers of Emma Hardie Limited a share price for Creightons PLC at £1.25 per 
share as at 28th July 2022. On 28th July 2022, the actual volume weighted average middle market quoted price 
of an Ordinary Share for the last 5 business days prior was £0.416 per share. This equated to an additional 
payment of £1,333,664. As of the 31 March 2022 £1,027,500 had been accrued in anticipation of the final 
consideration paid to the Sellers under the SPA of Emma Hardie Limited.  
A further £84,000 had been accrued in relation to the adjustment payment and the deferred consideration as part 
of the SPA of Emma Hardie Limited. The actual payment made during the year to 31 March 2023 was £90,336.  
The total payment made for contingent and deferred consideration during the year to 31 March 2023 was 
£1,424,000. The shortfall in the amount provided at the end of 31 March 2022 had a P&L impact of £312,500. 
This amount is included within exceptional costs. 
During the year to March 2023, the Company agreed a buy back of 1,600,000 Consideration Shares for an 
aggregate consideration of £576,000. The consideration was based on the price of 36p per ordinary share being 
the on-market price at the time of the transaction. The Buyback took place on 26 September 2022. 
The Company holds the total of 1,600,000 re-purchased shares as treasury shares. 
Brodie & Stone  
On 24th September 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Brodie and Stone Holdings 
Limited, and its wholly owned subsidiary Brodie and Stone International Limited. Total consideration was £4.85m, 
of which £2.81m was paid in cash, £1.15m was settled by the issue of 1,000,000 shares in Creightons PLC at a 
price of £1.146 per share, £0.70m in relation to a property retention payment paid in October 2021, and there 
was £0.20m of deferred consideration. There was no cash acquired and debt acquired at fair value of £0.71m. 
The fair value of acquired intangible assets is £4.98m and relates to various brands acquired. The intangible asset 
is deemed to have an indefinite useful life so no amortisation is charged but will be subject to an annual 
impairment review.  
Goodwill 
The value of goodwill in relation to Emma Hardie of £1.28m and Brodie and Stone of £1.25m relates to the 
deferred tax, at a rate of 25%, on the brand values acquired in the year ended 31 March 2022. Goodwill is 
deemed to have an indefinite useful life so no amortisation is charged but will be subject to an annual impairment 
review.  
As a result of the annual review, the Emma Hardie Goodwill was derecognised in full in the year to 31 March 2024. 
The Emma Hardie brand, which operated on a semi-autonomous basis from its original offices since acquisition, 
had experienced a challenging year. Cashflow projections and value in use calculations indicated that a total 
impairment charge of £4.45m should be recorded in relation to the Emma Hardie brand value.  
No impairment charge was recorded in relation to the Brodie and Stone Goodwill or Brand value. Please refer to 
note 13 and note 14.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
90 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
8. 
Business combinations 
 
Brand value 
The fair value of brand intangible assets acquired on acquisition of Emma Hardie Limited and Brodie and Stone 
International Limited amounted to £5.11m and £4.98m, respectively. The intangible asset is deemed to have an 
indefinite useful life so no amortisation is charged but will be subject to an annual impairment review.  
As a result of the annual review, the Emma Hardie brand value was impaired (see note 14).  
Exceptional costs 
 
Exceptional costs in the year to 31 March 2024 of £4.45m pertained to the impairment of the Emma Hardie 
goodwill and brand. 
 
Exceptional costs for the year to 31 March 2023 was £0.31m. This represented the excess over the amount accrued 
in relation to the deferred and contingent consideration as part of the Emma Hardie acquisition during 31 March 
2022. 
 
Deferred tax 
 
The valuation of intangibles on acquisition gives rise to a deferred tax liability. The deferred tax liability is 
measured using the value of the intangible asset at the deferred tax rate. This deferred tax liability creates a 
corresponding asset which has been included in goodwill. 
 
9. 
Finance costs 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Interest on bank overdrafts and loans 
             195               242  
               -  
              -  
Interest on mortgage 
               72                 77                 72  
              77  
Interest on lease liabilities  
               86               101  
               -  
              -  
Other Interest 
(4) 
- 
- 
- 
  
  
  
  
  
Total 
             349               420                 72  
77 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
91 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
10. Taxation  
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
  
  
  
  
  
Current tax 
  
  
  
  
Current tax on profit for the year 
306 
 141  
          72  
          -  
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
(171) 
37  
            -  
            -  
Total current tax 
135 
 178  
          72  
          -  
  
 
 
  
  
Deferred tax (see note 31) 
 
 
  
  
Originations and reversal of temporary 
differences 
(55) 
83 
          -  
          -  
Deferred tax not previously recognised 
165 
- 
- 
- 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
5 
 (88) 
          -  
          -  
Total deferred tax 
115 
 (5) 
          -  
          -  
  
 
 
  
  
Total 
250 
 173  
          72  
          -  
 
 
The taxation charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows: 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
  
  
  
  
  
(Loss) / Profit before taxation 
(3,277) 
687  
         80  
         65  
  
 
 
  
  
Tax using the UK corporation tax rate of 25% 
(2023: 19%) 
(819) 
131  
          20  
          12  
Fixed asset differences 
63 
 7 
          53  
          40  
Tax effect of expenses that are not deductible 
in determining taxable profit 
30 
121 
- 
- 
Income not subject to tax 
(1) 
- 
         (1) 
         (52) 
Additional deduction for R&D expenditure 
(172) 
 (94) 
          -  
          -  
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
(171) 
 (51) 
            -  
            -  
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
(deferred tax) 
(15) 
- 
- 
- 
Deferred tax credited directly to equity  
(23) 
 (19) 
          -  
          -  
Adjust opening deferred tax to average rate 
- 
92 
 
 
Deferred tax not recognised 
52 
 - 
          -  
          -  
Tax relief on exercise of share options 
24 
 - 
          -  
          -  
Derecognition of goodwill 
1,282 
- 
- 
- 
Other 
- 
(14)  
          -  
          -  
Total expense  
250 
173  
          72  
          -  
 
In addition to the Group’s taxation charge to the income statement and other comprehensive income, the following 
amounts relating to tax have been recognised directly in equity. There were no such taxes in the Company. 
 
  
Year ended 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
  
  
  
Deferred tax 
  
  
Excess tax deductions related to share-based payments on exercised options 
(23) 
(303) 
  
 
  
Total 
(23) 
(303) 
      
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
92 
 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
11 Payments to shareholders  
 
  
Year ended  
31-Mar  
Year ended 
31-Mar 
  
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
Final dividend paid – £Nil (2023: £Nil) per share 
- 
- 
Interim dividend paid  £Nil (2023: £Nil) per share 
- 
- 
  
 
 
Total dividend paid in year – £Nil (2023: £Nil)  per share 
- 
- 
 
 
 
Proposed – 0.45 pence (2023: Nil) per share 
315 
- 
 
12 Earnings per share  
 
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data: 
 
 
Year ended 
31-Mar  
Year ended 
31-Mar 
 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
Earnings 
 
 
(Loss) / profit attributable to the equity holders of the parent Company 
(3,527) 
514 
 
 
 
Year ended 
31-Mar  
Year ended 
31-Mar 
 
2024 
2023 
 
Number 
Number 
Number of shares 
 
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic 
earnings per share 
68,433,858 
69,166,461 
 
  
 
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares relating to share options * 
8,310,548 
9,534,475 
 
  
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of Adjusted 
Earnings per share (2023: for the purpose of Diluted Earnings per share) 
76,744,406 
78,700,936 
    
Basic earnings per share – including exceptional items  
(5.15p) 
0.74p 
Diluted earnings per share – including exceptional items * 
(5.15p) 
0.65p 
* Share options are excluded from the earnings per share calculation for the year ended 31 March 2024 due to 
their anti-dilutive effect on the loss after tax attributable to equity holders.  
 
Adjusted Earnings per share – alternate performance measure 
 
The following calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share excluding exceptional items has been 
calculated based on adding back the following deductions from (loss) / profit after tax: 
 
 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
Year ended 
31-Mar 
 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
(Loss) / Profit for the period from operations attributable to the equity 
shareholders of the parent Company 
(3,527) 
514 
Exceptional items – Impairment  
4,449 
- 
Exceptional items – Deferred tax charge in relation to the Impairment  
165 
- 
Exceptional items – Acquisition costs (disallowed for tax provision) 
- 
312 
Adjusted Earnings excluding exceptional items 
1,087 
826 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted Basic earnings per share – excluding exceptional items  
1.59p 
1.19p 
Adjusted Diluted earnings per share – excluding exceptional items 
1.42p 
1.05p 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
93 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
13 Goodwill  
 
 
Goodwill 
 
£000 
Cost 
 
At 1 April 2022 
 2,889  
Additions 
 4  
At 31 March 2023 
 2,893  
Additions 
-  
At 31 March 2024 
2,893  
 
Accumulated Impairment/Derecognition 
 
At 31 March 2022 
 36  
Impairment for the year 
 -  
At 31 March 2023 
 36  
Derecognition for the year 
 1,282  
At 31 March 2024 
 1,318  
 
Carrying value 
 
At 1 April 2022 
 2,853  
At 31 March 2023 
 2,857  
At 31 March 2024 
 1,575  
 
Of the total Goodwill net book value, £1.245m arose as part of a business acquisition of Brodie and Stone 
International Limited and £1.282m arose as part of a business acquisition of Emma Hardie Limited. The remaining 
Goodwill carrying amount of £0.33m relates to the investment in Potter and Moore Innovations Limited in March 
2003. The value of goodwill in relation to Emma Hardie and Brodie and Stone relates to the deferred tax, at a rate 
of 25%, on the brand values acquired in the year ended 31 March 2022.  
 
Additions in the year ended 31 March 2023 relate to a small adjustment in relation to the deferred tax of the brand 
values acquired in the previous year.  
 
The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be 
impaired. Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an assessment of value in use based on the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which goodwill is allocated. An impairment loss is recognised if the 
carrying amount of an asset or its cash generating unit exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. 
 
The key assumptions for this impairment testing are set out below. Using these assumptions, the Emma Hardie 
Goodwill is derecognised in its entirety at £1.282m. The impairment as a result of the annual review of the brand 
value led to a derecognition of the goodwill and the corresponding deferred tax liability. 
 
The carrying value of goodwill in relation to Potter & Moore of £0.33m and Brodie and Stone of £1.245m has been 
assessed for impairment by reviewing forecasts and key assumptions. No impairment is required at this time.  
 
The below summarises management’s assessment as a 31 March 2024:  
 
Balance sheet Carrying 
Amount of CGU  
Value in Use Amount 
Impairment if VIU < Carrying 
amount of CGU  
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Emma Hardie 
5,515 
1,066 
Impairment 4,449 
Brodie & Stone 
5,658 
8,768 
Headroom 3,110 
PMI 
12,921 
20,930 
Headroom 8,009 
 
 
The key sensitivities in assessing the value in use of the Goodwill are forecast cash flows and the discount rate 
applied: 
 
Emma Hardie Brand value: 
• 
A 1% growth rate in forecast cash flows would increase the impairment by £25k  
• 
A 11.98% discount rate applied would increase the impairment by £98k  
• 
A nil terminal value growth rate would increase the impairment by £132k 
 
Brodie and Stone Goodwill and Brand value: 
• 
A  negative 11% growth rate in forecast cash flows would reduce the headroom to nil. 
• 
A 16% discount rate would reduce the headroom to nil. 
• 
A terminal value growth rate of negative 6.5% would reduce the headroom to nil. 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
94 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
13 Goodwill (continued) 
 
Potter and Moore Innovations Goodwill: 
• 
A negative 3% growth rate in forecast cash flows would reduce the headroom to nil. 
• 
A 16.5% discount rate would reduce the headroom to nil. 
• 
A terminal value growth rate of negative 7.5% would reduce the headroom to nil. 
 
14 Other intangible assets  
 
Group 
 
  
Computer 
software 
Intellectual 
property 
Product 
development 
costs 
Brands 
Total 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Cost 
  
  
  
  
  
At 1 April 2022 
 280  
 10  
 3,558  
 10,596  
 14,444  
Additions – internally developed 
 61  
 -  
 254  
 -  
 315  
Disposal 
 -  
 -  
 (89) 
 -  
(89) 
At 31 March 2023 
 341  
 10  
 3,723  
 10,596  
 14,670  
Additions – internally developed 
  
16  
  
-  
  
271  
  
-  
  
287  
At 31 March 2024 
          357  
        10  
   3,994  
       10,596  
     14,957  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated amortisation 
 
 
 
 
  
At 1 April 2022 
 225  
 -  
 3,352  
 -  
 3,577  
Amortisation for the year 
 32  
 -  
 256  
 -  
 288  
Amortisation on disposal 
 -  
 -  
 (89) 
 -  
 (89) 
At 31 March 2023 
 257  
 -  
 3,519  
 -  
 3,776  
Amortisation for the year 
             34                      -  
                324                     -                  358  
Impairment 
- 
- 
- 
4,449 
4,449 
At 31 March 2024 
         291  
               -  
         3,843  
           4,449 
           8,583 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying value 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 April 2022 
 55  
10 
206 
 10,596  
 10,867  
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 2023 
 84  
10 
204 
 10,596  
 10,894  
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 2024 
         66  
10 
151 
6,147 
6,374 
 
Brand 
The Group has acquired the following brands which have an indefinite useful life: 
 
Brand value carrying amount  
As at 01 April 2023 
Impairment  
As at 31 March 2024 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Balance Active 
508 
- 
508 
Emma Hardie 
5,108 
4,449 
659 
Brodie and Stone 
4,980 
- 
4,980 
Total 
10,596 
4,449 
6,147 
 
The Emma Hardie brand, which possesses its own product lines, is defined as a separate cash generating unit and 
has a brand carrying amount allocated to the unit of £5.108m. The Brodie and Stone brand, which possesses its own 
product lines, is defined as a separate cash generating unit and has a brand carrying amount allocated to the unit of 
£4.980m. Please refer to note 13 for the corresponding Goodwill carrying value. 
 
On 21 June 2019, the Company acquired a skincare brand, Balance Active, which possesses its own product lines, is 
defined as a separate cash generating unit and had a carrying amount allocated to the unit of £508,000. The 
acquisition adds to the Group’s growing range of beauty and well-being products contributing £4.0m to sales for this 
year (2023: £5.3m). 
 
These brands are deemed to have an indefinite useful life as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the 
asset is expected to generate net cash inflows. However, this is subject to an annual impairment review.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
95 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
14 Other intangible assets (continued) 
 
The key assumptions for this impairment testing are set out in note 13. Using these assumptions, the Emma Hardie 
Brand value is impaired by at £4.449m. This is included as an exceptional cost in the consolidated income statement.   
 
Please see note 13 for the key sensitivities concerning the value in use calculations for cash generating units that 
contain Goodwill and Brand value. 
 
Balance Active Brand value: 
• 
A negative 61% growth rate in forecast cash flows would reduce the headroom to nil. 
• 
The recoverable amount is not sensitive to the discount rate. 
• 
The recoverable amount is not sensitive to the terminal value growth rate. 
 
15 Property, plant and equipment and investment property 
 
Group 
 
 
Freehold land 
and buildings 
Plant and 
machinery 
Fixtures 
and 
fittings 
Computers 
Total  
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 April 2022 
4,038  
5,940  
1,254  
304  
11,536  
Additions 
 -  
 549  
 152  
 124  
 825  
At 31 March 2023 
 4,038  
 6,489  
 1,406  
 428  
 12,361  
Additions 
-  
188  
103  
30  
         321  
At 31 March 2024 
4,038  
6,677  
1,509  
458  
    12,682  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 April 2022 
 
 517  
 4,010  
 734  
 210  
 5,471  
Depreciation for the year 
 211  
 584  
 157  
 48  
 1,000  
At 31 March 2023 
 728  
 4,594  
 891  
 258  
 6,471  
Depreciation for the year 
210  
566  
151  
65  
         992  
At 31 March 2024 
938  
5,160  
1,042  
323  
    7,463  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying value 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 April 2022 
3,521  
1,930  
520  
94  
6,065  
At 31 March 2023 
 3,310  
 1,895  
 515  
 170  
 5,890  
At 31 March 2024 
3,100  
1,517  
467  
135  
      5,219  
 
Company 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment 
Property 
 
£000 
Cost 
 
At 1 April 2022 
4,038 
Additions 
- 
At 31 March 2023 and 31 March 2024 
4,038 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation 
 
At 1 April 2022 
 517  
Depreciation for the year 
 211  
At 31 March 2023 
 728  
Depreciation for the year 
210 
At 31 March 2024 
938 
 
 
Carrying value 
 
At 1 April 2022 
3,521 
At 31 March 2023 
3,310 
At 31 March 2024 
3,100 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
96 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
15 Property, plant and equipment and investment property (continued) 
 
On 16 October 2019, Creightons PLC acquired the freehold property at Peterborough having occupied the property as 
a tenant since March 2003 for £3.8m plus stamp duty and professional costs. Based on an up to date property 
valuation, provided by an independent valuer who holds a suitable professional qualification and has experience in the 
location and category of the investment property being valued, the fair value of the property of £4.6m exceeds the 
cost value and therefore no impairment is deemed necessary. The property has been pledged as security for the long 
term loan. 
 
 
16 Right-of-use assets 
 
Group 
 
  
Leasehold 
Property 
Plant and 
machinery 
Total  
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
 
Cost 
 
 
 
At 1 April 2022 
            764  
         1,043  
          1,807  
Additions  
              -  
            493  
            493  
Disposals 
- 
(56) 
(56) 
At 31 March 2023 
 764  
 1,480  
 2,244  
Additions  
             180  
           55  
           235  
Disposals 
             -  
         (172) 
         (172) 
At 31 March 2024 
           944  
        1,363  
        2,307  
 
 
 
 
Depreciation 
 
 
 
At 1 April 2022 
            315  
            372  
            687  
Depreciation for the year 
            105  
            189  
294 
Disposals  
 - 
 (22) 
 (22) 
At 31 March 2023 
 420  
 539  
 959  
Depreciation for the year 
           151  
           217  
           368  
Disposals  
             -  
         (113) 
         (113) 
At 31 March 2024 
           571  
           643  
        1,214  
 
 
 
 
Carrying value 
 
 
 
At 1 April 2022 
            449  
            671  
          1,120  
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 2023 
 344  
 941  
 1,285  
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 2024 
           373  
           720  
        1,093  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
97 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
17  Investment in subsidiaries 
 
Company 
 
  
Investments 
 
£000 
Cost 
 
As at 1 April 2022 
1,113 
Additions  
            101  
At 31 March 2023 
 1,214 
Additions  
111 
At 31 March 2024 
 1,325 
Impairment charge 
 
At 1 April 2022 
            15  
Impairment for the year 
            -  
At 31 March 2023 
            15  
Impairment for the year 
- 
At 31 March 2024 
15 
Carrying value 
 
As at 1 April 2022 
1,098 
 
 
At 31 March 2023 
1,199  
 
 
At 31 March 2024 
 1,310  
 
Creightons PLC the parent Company, issues share options to employees of the subsidiary companies. These 
options at a consolidated level have been accounted for in accordance with IFRS2 and valued using the Black-
Scholes model. 
  
The investment is increased by the share based payment expense recognised by the subsidiary Potter and Moore 
Innovations Limited during the year.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
98 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
17 Investment in subsidiaries (continued) 
 
Details of the Group’s subsidiaries at 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023 are as follows: 
 
Name 
Place of incorporation, 
registration and 
operation 
Note 
Proportion of 
ownership, interest and 
voting power held 
Potter & Moore Innovations Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Potter and Moore International Inc. 
United States of America 
b 
100% 
Emma Hardie GmbH 
Germany 
e 
100% 
Potter and Moore (Devon) Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Potter and Moore Pty Limited 
Australia 
c 
100% 
Emma Hardie Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Brodie & Stone International Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Brodie & Stone Holdings Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Potter and Moore Limited 
Republic of Ireland 
d 
100% 
The Natural Grooming Company Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
St James Perfumery Co Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Ashworth & Claire Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
The Haircare Studio Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
The Real Shaving Company Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
The Hair Design Studio Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Creightons Naturally Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Groomed Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Twisted Sista Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Potter & Moore International Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
The Herbal Hair Company Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Curl Therapy Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Feather & Down Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Creightons Services Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
The Curl Company Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Creightons Direct Limited 
England 
a 
100% 
Emma Hardie China  
China 
f 
100% 
 
All companies listed above are subsidiaries of Creightons PLC Company with the exception of Emma Hardie Limited 
and Brodie & Stone Holdings Limited which are subsidiaries of Potter & Moore Innovations Limited and Brodie & 
Stone International Limited which is a subsidiary of Brodie & Stone Holdings Limited. 
 
The registered offices for the subsidiaries are: 
 
a.) 1210 Lincoln Road, Peterborough, PE4 6ND 
b.) 1140 Bay Street Suite 2c, Staten Island, New York, NY10305 
c.) RSM Level 12, 60 Castlereagh Street, Sydney, NSW 2000 
d.) The Black Church, St Mary’s Place, Dublin, DO7 P4AX 
e.) Ulmenstr. 37-39, c/o RSM GmbH, 60325 Frankfurt a. Main, Germany 
f.) Building 1, No. 5601 Yanqian Road, Fengxian District, Shanghai 
 
All shareholdings are in ordinary shares. 
 
The activity of Potter & Moore Innovations Limited is the creation and manufacture of toiletries and fragrances.  
The activity of Emma Hardie Limited is the creation and distribution of high end branded skincare products. 
The activity of Brodie & Stone International Limited was the distribution of personal care products until trade was 
absorbed into the Potter & Moore Innovations business on 31 October 2021. 
Brodie & Stone Holdings Limited is the holding Company of Brodie & Stone International Limited and is a non-trading 
Company. 
The activity of Potter and Moore Pty Ltd is the distribution of personal care products. 
The activity of Emma Hardie GmbH is the distribution of personal care products. 
The activity of Potter and Moore International Inc. is the distribution of personal care products. 
The activity of Potter & Moore (Devon) Limited, was the manufacture and distribution of premium contract brands 
until 31 December 2019 when it transferred its trade and net assets to Potter and Moore Innovations Limited and 
then ceased to trade. The range of products included toiletries, fragrances and soaps.  
 
All other subsidiaries were dormant throughout the years ended 31 March 2024 and 31 March 2023.  

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
99 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
17. Investment in subsidiaries (continued) 
 
Potter & Moore Innovations Limited and its subsidiaries, Emma Hardie Limited, Potter and Moore (Devon) Limited, 
Brodie and Stone International Limited and Brodie and Stone Holdings Limited are 100% owned by the ultimate 
parent Company Creightons PLC. There are no significant restrictions on the entity's ability to access or use the 
assets and settle the liabilities of the group. These entities have taken advantage of the exemption from the 
requirement of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the audit of accounts under Section 479A of the Act. 
 
18  Inventories 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
  
 
 
  
  
Raw materials 
3,278 
3,910 
- 
- 
Work in progress 
493 
713 
- 
- 
Finished goods 
4,454 
5,605 
- 
- 
  
  
 
  
  
Total 
8,225 
10,228 
- 
- 
 
Inventories with a carrying value of £8,225,000 (2023: £10,228,000) have been pledged as security for the Group’s 
bank overdrafts. Directors believe that net realisable value approximates to fair value. Inventories are stated net of 
provisions of £982,000 (2023: £1,014,000).   
 
19  Trade and other receivables 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
  
 
 
 
 
Trade receivables 
10,172 
 12,220  
- 
- 
Amounts receivable from subsidiaries 
- 
 -  
       4,351  
 4,233  
Prepayments and other receivables 
346 
 513  
            23  
 23  
  
 
Total 
10,518 
 12,733  
 4,374  
 4,256  
 
Trade receivables have been pledged as security for the Group’s borrowings under invoice finance facilities and 
the Group’s bank overdrafts. 
 
The carrying value of trade and other receivables represents their fair value. The Group assesses the credit risk 
for each individual customer and the value of debtors covered by credit insurance at 31 March 2024 was 
£10,172,000 (2023: £12,220,000). The Group took the decision to cover all customers as a result of the current 
economic climate. The credit insurance policy in place covers 90% of the trade receivables amount. 
 
Amounts receivable from subsidiaries are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand. The borrower has 
sufficient assets in order to repay the loan if demanded at the reporting date, the expected credit loss is therefore 
expected to be nil. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
100 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
19   Trade and other receivables (continued) 
 
Trade receivables have been reported in the balance sheet net of provisions as follows: 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Trade receivables: 
 
 
  
  
Current 
9,715 
10,902 
- 
- 
1 -30 days 
314 
 844  
- 
- 
31 – 60 days 
122 
 237  
- 
- 
61 – 90 days 
(30) 
 50  
- 
- 
91 + days 
72 
 232  
- 
- 
Less impairment allowance 
(21) 
(45) 
- 
- 
  
 
 
 
 
Total 
10,172 
12,220 
- 
- 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Amount due from Group companies: 
 
 
 
 
Current 
- 
- 
54 
 
 
49 
1 -30 days 
- 
- 
72 
 
 
49 
31 – 60 days 
- 
- 
29 
29 
61 – 90 days 
- 
- 
50 
672 
91 + days 
- 
- 
4,146 
3,434 
Less impairment allowance 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Total 
- 
- 
       4,351  
 4,233  
 
The movement in the trade receivables impairment provision is as follows: 
 
 
Group 
Company 
 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
At 1 April 
45 
59 
- 
- 
(Credit) in current year income statement 
(24) 
(14) 
- 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 
21 
45 
- 
- 
 
 
There were £457,000 (2023: £1,318,000) of trade receivables that were overdue at the balance sheet date that 
have not been provided against. The proportion of trade receivables at 31 March 2024 that were overdue for 
payment was 4.5% (2023: 10.8%). 
 
The Group uses the simplified approach for trade accounts receivables. The Group considers a financial asset in 
default when it is unlikely to receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full. The probability of default takes 
into consideration financial information regarding the customer including credit reports and non-financial 
information including market developments and consumer trends. The consideration is forward-looking and verified 
using historical credit losses. Trade accounts receivable are assumed to be credit-impaired if it is unlikely that the 
customer will fulfil its obligations.  
 
The impairment allowance for bad debts are calculated using a lifetime expected credit loss model, as set out 
below, in accordance with IFRS 9. Following a full review of customers at the year end, including ongoing business 
discussion with customers and market performance reviews there are no receivables subjected to a significant 
increase in credit loss. The provision for the year to March 2024 was £21,000 (2023: £45,000). 
 
  
Group 
Group 
  
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
% 
£000 
£000 
% 
£000 
Current 
9,715 
 
 
10,902 
- 
- 
1 - 30 days 
314 
 
 
 844  
- 
- 
31 - 60 days 
122 
 
 
 237  
- 
- 
61 – 90 days 
(30) 
 
 
 50  
- 
- 
91 + days 
72 
29% 
21 
 232  
19% 
45 
At 31 March 
10,193 
 
21 
12,265 
 
45 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
101 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
20 Cash and cash equivalents 
 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the Group and short term bank deposits with an original maturity 
rate of three months or less. The carrying amounts of these assets approximates to their fair value.  An analysis 
of the amounts at the year-end is as follows: 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
  
 
 
 
 
Cash at bank and in hand 
      3,033  
 769  
20 
         26  
Sterling equivalent of deposit denominated in Australian 
dollars 
           25  
 29  
          -  
          -  
Sterling equivalent of deposit denominated in Euros 
           67  
 414  
          -  
          -  
Sterling equivalent of deposit denominated in US dollars 
           13  
 441  
          -  
          -  
  
 
 
 
 
Total 
3,138 
1,653 
20 
26 
 
As at the 31 March 2024, the invoice finance facility has not been utilised to fund the on-going activities of the 
business.   
 
21 Financial instruments and treasury risk management 
 
Market risk 
 
Market risk is the risk that arises from movements in stock prices, interest rates, exchange rates, and commodity 
prices.  
 
Market risk for the 31 March 2024 year end is reflected within the interest rate and foreign currency risk which are 
discussed further below. 
 
 
Credit risk 
 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer fails to meet its contractual obligations. 
 
Trading exposures are monitored by the operational companies against agreed policy levels. Credit insurance with 
a world leading insurer is employed across the majority of our trade debtors.  At 31 March 2024 all trade debtors 
(2023: all) are covered by credit insurance with a cover of 90% of the debtor balances. Non-trading financial 
exposures are incurred only with the Group’s bankers or other institutions with prior approval of the Board of 
Directors. 
 
The majority of trade receivables are with retail customers. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by 
the carrying amount of those financial assets in the balance sheet. 
 
Impairment provisions on trade receivables have been disclosed in note 19. 
 
The credit risk on liquid funds such as cash and cash equivalents is limited because the counterparties are banks  
with high credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies. 
 
All trade debtors are credit insured, therefore the maximum write off balance on any customer default would be 
10% of the invoiced value (net of VAT). 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
102 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
21. Financial instruments and treasury risk management (continued) 
 
Interest rate risk  
 
The Group’s interest rate exposure arises mainly from its interest-bearing borrowings. 
 
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of debt associated with working capital facilities and equity.  
The Group is exposed to changes in interest rates on its floating rate working capital facilities. The variability and 
scale of these facilities is such that the Group does not consider it cost effective to hedge against this risk. 
 
The Group also secured a fixed rate mortgage for a 15 year term, 10.5 years remaining, secured on the property 
with an interest rate of 3.04% fixed for the first 10 years, 5.5 years remaining, of the loan, therefore reducing the 
interest rate risk. The interest charge on the mortgage for the year ended 31 March 2024 was £72,000 (2023:  
£77,000). 
 
On 3 September 2021, the Group took out a term loan of £3,000,000 to fund part of the purchase of the acquisitions 
in the prior year. The term loan is for a 4 year term secured on the assets of the Group with an interest rate of 
2.70% above the Bank of England base rate. The interest charge on the term loan for the period to 31 March 2024 
was £123,000 (2023: £111,000). A 1% increase in the interest rate would have resulted in an additional charge of 
£41,000 (2023: £22,000). 
 
Interest rate sensitivity 
 
The interest rate sensitivity is based upon the Group’s borrowings over the year assuming a 1% increase or decrease 
which is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management personnel. 
 
A 1% increase in bank base rates would reduce Group pre-tax profits by £36,000 (2023: £114,000). A 1% 
decrease would have the opposite effect. The Group’s sensitivity to interest rates has changed during the current 
year due to the current economic climate, which has had the impact of increasing BOE base rates. 
 
Foreign currency risks 
 
The Group operates in a number of markets across the world and is exposed to foreign currency transaction and 
translation risks arising on the purchase and sales of goods in particular with respect to the US dollar and Euro.   
 
Transaction risk arises on income and expenditure in currencies other than the functional currency of each Group       
Company. The magnitude of this risk is relatively low as the majority of the Group’s income and expenditure are 
denominated in the functional currency. Approximately 1% (2023: 0%) of the Group’s income is denominated in 
US dollars and 4% (2023: 2%) in Euros. Approximately 7% (2023: 4%) of the Group’s expenditure is denominated 
in US dollars and 8% (2023: 4%) in Euros.  
 
Foreign currency sensitivity 
 
A 5% strengthening of sterling would result in a £258,000 (2023: £145,000) increase in profits and equity.  A 5% 
weakening in sterling would result in a £285,000 (2023: £161,000) reduction in profits and equity. 
 
When appropriate the Group utilises currency derivatives to hedge against significant future transactions and cash 
flow. There were no outstanding contracts as at 31 March 2024 or 31 March 2023. 
 
Cash flow and liquidity risk 
 
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital. It is the risk that the Group will encounter 
difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they fall due. 
 
The Group manages its working capital requirements through overdrafts and invoice finance facilities. These facilities 
were renewed in March 2024 for a further 12 months. The maturity profile of the committed bank facilities is 
reviewed regularly and such facilities are extended or replaced well in advance of their expiry. The Group has 
complied with the terms of these facilities. At 31 March 2024 the Group had available £5,616,000 (2023: 
£4,327,000) of undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met. 
The Group has a fixed rate mortgage for a 15 year term secured on the property with an interest rate of 3.04% 
fixed for the next 5.5 years of the loan. The Company also took out a term loan of £3,000,000 to fund part of the 
purchase of the acquisitions in the prior year. The term loan is for a 4 year term secured on the assets of the Group 
with an interest rate of 2.70% above the Bank of England base rate. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
103 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
21. Financial instruments and treasury risk management (continued) 
 
Financial assets 
 
Financial assets are included in the Statement of financial position within the following headings. These are valued 
at amortised cost and are detailed below. 
 
 
Group 
Company 
 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
Trade and other receivables 
10,172 
 12,220  
4,351 
 4,233  
Cash and cash equivalents 
3,138 
 1,653  
20 
 26  
 
 
 
 
 
Total 
13,310 
 13,873  
4,371 
 4,259  
 
Financial liabilities 
 
Financial liabilities are included in the Statement of financial position within the following headings. These are valued 
at amortised cost and are detailed below. 
 
At 31 March 2024 
 
  
Group 
 
Less 
than 6 
months 
Between 
6 months 
and 1 
year 
Between 
1 and 5 
years 
Over 5 
years 
Total 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£’000 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade payables 
4,976 
- 
- 
- 
4,976 
Accruals 
2,235 
- 
- 
- 
2,235 
Obligations under leases 
182 
169 
633 
- 
984 
Overdraft and invoice financing 
37 
- 
- 
- 
37 
Loan 
286 
297 
1,017 
1,298 
2,898 
 
 
 
 
 
Total 
7,716 
466 
1,650 
1,298 
11,130 
 
At 31 March 2023 
 
  
Group 
Less 
than 6 
months 
Between 
6 months 
and 1 
year 
Between 
1 and 5 
years 
Over 5 
years 
Total 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£’000 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade payables 
 5,974  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 5,974  
Accruals 
 2,723  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 2,723  
Obligations under leases 
 194  
 179  
 874  
 43  
 1,290  
Overdraft and invoice financing 
 1,583  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,583  
Loan 
 453  
 466  
 1,977  
 1,511  
 4,407  
 
 
 
 
 
Total 
 10,927  
 645  
 2,851  
 1,554  
 15,977  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
104 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
21. Financial instruments and treasury risk management (continued) 
 
The following is the maturity analysis of the undiscounted cash flows: 
 
At 31 March 2024 
 
 
Group 
 
Less 
than 6 
months 
Between 6 
months 
and 1 year 
Between 1 
and 5 
years 
Over 5 
years 
Total 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£’000 
 
 
Trade payables 
4,976 
- 
- 
- 
4,976 
Accruals 
2,235 
- 
- 
- 
2,235 
Obligations under leases 
216 
195 
713 
- 
1,124 
Overdraft and invoice financing 
37 
- 
- 
- 
37 
Loan 
344 
344 
1,228 
1,405 
3,321 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total 
7,808 
539 
1,941 
1,405 
11,693 
 
At 31 March 2023 
 
 
Group 
 
Less 
than 6 
months 
Between 6 
months 
and 1 year 
Between 1 
and 5 
years 
Over 5 
years 
Total 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£’000 
 
 
Trade payables 
 5,974  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 5,974  
Accruals 
 2,723  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 2,723  
Obligations under leases 
 237  
 214  
 963  
 43  
 1,457  
Overdraft and invoice financing 
 1,583  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,583  
Loan 
 544  
 544  
 2,264  
 1,658  
 5,010  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total 
11,061  
 758  
 3,227  
 1,701  
16,747  
 
22 Trade and other payables and corporation tax 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
  
 
 
 
 
Trade payables 
4,976 
 5,974  
- 
 -  
Social security and other taxes 
1,054 
 1,139  
3 
 3  
Accrued expenses 
2,235 
 2,723  
15 
 15  
Amounts payable to subsidiary undertakings  
- 
 -  
35 
 35  
Corporation tax payable 
105 
 3  
72 
 -  
  
 
 
Total 
8,370 
 9,839  
125 
 53  
 
The Directors consider the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to fair value. Amounts payable to 
subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
105 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
23 Lease liabilities 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
  
 
 
  
  
Amounts payable under leases 
 
 
  
  
Within one year 
351 
373 
- 
- 
Between two to five years 
633 
874 
- 
- 
After five years 
- 
43 
- 
- 
 
 
 
  
  
At 31 March  
984 
1,290 
- 
- 
 
 
 
Group 
 
£000 
 
 
At 1 April 2023 
1,290 
New lease 
235 
Disposal 
(59) 
Interest expense 
86 
Lease payments 
(568) 
At 31 March 2024 
984 
 
The Group expensed to the consolidated income statement and incurred a cash outflow of £197,000 (2023: 
£216,000) for leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. 
 
The additions, disposals, depreciation and the carrying values of right-of-use assets are shown in note 16. 
 
24 Borrowings 
 
  
Group 
Company 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
Bank overdraft 
37  
 26  
- 
- 
Borrowings under invoice finance facilities 
- 
1,557 
- 
- 
Borrowings under mortgage and loan repayable within 
one year 
583  
919  
185 
178 
Borrowings under mortgage and loan repayable 
between two to five years 
1,017  
1,977  
804 
778 
Borrowings under mortgage repayable after more than 
five years 
1,298  
1,511  
1,298  
1,511  
Total 
 2,935  
 5,990  
 2,287  
 2,467  
 
The borrowings in relation to the bank overdrafts are repayable on demand or within one year.  
 
All borrowings are denominated in Sterling. The Directors estimate that the fair value of the Group’s borrowings 
approximates to the carrying value. 
 
On 16 October 2019, the Company took out a mortgage of £3,040,000 to fund part of the purchase of the freehold 
property at Peterborough it previously occupied as a tenant. The mortgage is for a 15 year term secured on the 
property with an interest rate of 3.04% fixed for the first 10 years of the loan. Monthly repayment on the mortgage 
is £21,000 per month. 
 
On 3 September 2021, the Company took out a term loan of £3,000,000 to fund part of the purchase of the 
acquisitions in the financial year ended 31 March 2022. The term loan is for a 4 year term secured on the assets 
of the Group with an interest rate of 2.70% above the Bank of England base rate. Monthly repayment on the loan 
is £36,000 per month. The Group made an early repayment of £600,000 of this loan on 27 March 2024. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
106 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
24 Borrowings (continued) 
 
The invoice finance facility permits the drawdown of 85% of eligible debts with an interest rate of 2.19% above the 
Bank of England base rate. The facility has been renewed for the year ended 31 March 2024 at the same level and 
rate as the prior year. 
 
The bank holds a first legal charge dated 16 October 2019 over the freehold property at Peterborough and a 
debenture including fixed charge over all present and freehold lease property. 
 
The bank overdraft is secured by fixed and floating charges over all the assets of the Group.  
 
The invoice finance facility is secured on the trade receivables and a floating charge on all of the assets of the Group. 
 
25 Share capital 
 
  
Ordinary shares of 1p each 
  
£000 
Number 
  
  
  
At 1 April 2022 
697 
69,756,183 
Issued in the year 
 3  
273,400  
At 31 March 2023 
700 
 70,029,583  
Issued in the year 
           0  
                 5,800  
At 31 March 2024 
700 
     70,035,383  
 
The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income. All of the shares are issued and 
fully paid. The total proceeds from the issue of shares from the exercise of share options in the year was £2,000 
(2023: £74,000).  
 
During the prior year, the Company agreed a buy back of 1,600,000 Consideration Shares for an aggregate 
consideration of £576,000. The consideration was based on the price of 36p per ordinary share being the on-market 
price at the time of the transaction. All purchases are for the purpose of the finalisation of the Emma Hardie 
acquisition. 
 
 
26 Equity settled share-based payments 
 
The Company has a share option scheme which is open to any employee of the Group. Options granted under the 
scheme are for nil consideration and are exercisable at a price equal to the quoted market price of the Company’s 
shares on the date of the grant except for the share options granted on 08 July 2020 which were issued at a 
discount of 14p to the market price on the date of issue. The vesting period is 3 years. If the options remain 
unexercised after a period of 10 years from the date of grant, the option expires. Options are forfeited if the 
employee leaves the Group before options vest.  
 
Fair value is calculated using the Black-Scholes model as below.   
 
  
Ordinary shares of 1p each 
  
2024 
2023 
  
Number 
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
Number 
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
  
  
  
  
  
Outstanding at the beginning of the period 
9,265,560 
30.62p 
10,013,960 
44.05p 
Granted in the period 
300,000 
30.00p 
300,000 
30.17p 
Exercised in the period 
(5,800) 
26.80p 
(273,400) 
26.80p 
Lapsed in the period 
(2,375,000) 
47.04p 
(775,000) 
72.48p 
  
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at the end of the period 
7,184,760 
39.70p 
9,265,560 
30.62p 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
107 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
      26   Equity settled share-based payments (continued) 
 
Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry dates and exercise prices: 
Granted 
Exercise period 
Number 
Exercise price 
  
  
  
  
Nov-14 
2017 – 2024 
1,300,000 
5.50p 
Sep-15 
2019 – 2025 
50,000 
4.50p 
Oct-18 
2021 – 2028 
2,862,260 
26.80p 
Jul-20 
2023 – 2030 
700,000 
36.00p 
Mar-21 
2024 – 2031 
1,115,000 
74.50p 
Nov-21 
2024 - 2031 
857,500 
97.73p 
Dec-22 
2025 – 2032 
300,000 
30.17p 
  
 
 
 
Outstanding at the end of the period 
 
7,184,760 
39.70p 
 
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the period was 26.8p. 
The options outstanding at 31 March 2024 had a weighted average exercise price of 39.70p, and a weighted 
average remaining contractual life of 4.9 years.  
 
The number of currently exercisable share options at 31 March 2024 is 6,027,260 (2023: 4,918,060). 
The weighted average exercise price of current exercisable options is 31.91p.  
 
In the year ended 31 March 2024, options were granted on 21 July 2023. The aggregate of the estimated fair 
values of the options granted on those dates is £0.1m. This share issue also lapsed in the same period. In the year 
ended 31 March 2023, options were granted on 16 December 2022. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of 
the options granted on those dates is £0.1m.  
 
The share options granted during each period have been valued using a Black-Scholes model. The inputs to the 
Black-Scholes model are as follows: 
 
  
Year ended 31-Mar 2024 
 
Issue date 
18-Oct-18 
08-Jul-20 
05-Nov-20 
16-Mar-21 
10-Nov-21 
24-Mar-22 
16-Dec-22 
21-July-23 
Weighted 
average share 
price (pence) 
26.80p 
50.00p 
48.00p 
74.50p 
97.73p 
61.67p 
30.17p 
30.00p 
Weighted 
average exercise 
price (pence) 
26.80p 
36.00p 
48.00p 
74.50p 
97.73p 
61.67p 
30.17p 
30.00p 
Expected 
volatility (%) 
38.50% 
49.67% 
50.10% 
40.20% 
37.45% 
42.11% 
48.60% 
46.50% 
Expected life - 
years 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
Risk free rate 
(%) 
0.75% 
0.75% 
0.75% 
0.75% 
0.32% 
0.32% 
5.80% 
5.80% 
Expected 
dividends (pence) 
          -  
          -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 
  
Year ended 31-Mar 2023 
 
Issue date 
18-Oct-18 
08-Jul-20 
05-Nov-20 
16-Mar-21 
10-Nov-21 
24-Mar-22 
16-Dec-22 
Weighted average 
share price (pence) 
26.80p 
50.00p 
48.00p 
74.50p 
97.73p 
61.67p 
30.00p 
Weighted average 
exercise price (pence) 
26.80p 
36.00p 
48.00p 
74.50p 
97.73p 
61.67p 
30.00p 
Expected volatility (%) 
38.50% 
49.67% 
50.10% 
40.20% 
37.45% 
42.11% 
48.60% 
Expected life - years 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
Risk free rate (%) 
0.75% 
0.75% 
0.75% 
0.75% 
0.32% 
0.32% 
5.80% 
Expected dividends 
(pence) 
          -  
          -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 
Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the share price over a basket of similar 
businesses over the previous two years. 
 
The Group recognised total expenses of £111,000 (2023: £101,000) related to share-based payments. 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
108 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
27 Retirement benefit scheme 
 
The Group operates defined contribution schemes for employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately 
from those of the Group. The Group also entered into an auto-enrolment pension scheme on 1 April 2014.  
 
The charge in the consolidated income statement in the year was £331,000 (2023: £438,000) and cash contributions 
were £332,000 (2023: £444,000). The amount outstanding at the year end was £70,000 (2023:£71,000) 
 
28 Capital commitments 
 
 
Group 
Company 
 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
 
 
Contracts placed for future capital expenditure not 
provided for in the financial statements 
16 
144 
- 
- 
 
29 Related party transactions 
 
 
Transactions between the parent Company and its subsidiaries 
 
The amounts owed by and to subsidiary companies are:  
 
 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
Amounts receivable from subsidiary undertakings 
4,351 
4,233 
 
 
 
Amounts payable to subsidiary undertakings 
(35) 
(35) 
 
The Company received a dividend of £Nil (2023: £Nil) from Potter & Moore Innovations Limited. 
 
During the year ended 31 March 2024 the Company charged rental charges of £350,000 (2023: £350,000) to Potter 
& Moore Innovations Limited. 
 
 
Carty Johnson Limited 
 
Carty Johnson Limited, a Company of which Mr Johnson is a Director and controlling shareholder provides internet 
support services. The following amounts were charged in the year: 
 
 
Year ended  
31-Mar  
Year ended 
31-Mar 
 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
Charges for internet support services 
58 
58 
 
Amounts owed to Carty Johnson Limited 
 
  
Year 
ended  
31-Mar  
Year 
ended  
31-Mar  
  
2024 
2023 
  
£000 
£000 
  
  
  
Amounts payable 
          -  
- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
109 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
 
29    Related party transactions (continued) 
 
 
Saxon Coast Consultants Limited 
 
Saxon Coast Consultants Limited, a Company of which Mr O’Shea is a Director and a controlling shareholder provides 
Company secretarial services. The following amounts were charged in the year: 
 
 
Year ended  
31-Mar  
Year ended 
31-Mar 
 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
Charges for Company secretarial services 
33 
21 
 
There were no amounts owed to Saxon Coast Consultants Limited at 31 March 2024 (2023: £Nil). 
 
Details of the remuneration paid to related parties (as well as any salaries and bonuses waived) is included in the 
Directors Remuneration Report on pages 44 to 56. 
  
Remuneration of key management personnel   
 
The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in 
aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24, ‘Related Party Disclosure’.  Further information about the 
remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
pages 44 to 56. 
 
 
Year ended  
31-Mar 
Year ended  
31-Mar 
 
2024 
2023 
 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
Salaries and other short term benefits 
421 
508 
 
 
 
Total 
421 
508 
 
30 Notes supporting the cash flow statement 
 
 
Group 
 
 
Analysis of changes in net debt 
 
 
 
Overdraft 
Invoice 
Financing 
Mortgage 
Loan 
Total 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 April 2023 
 26  
1,557  
 2,467  
1,940  
 5,990  
Cash outflow - principal 
(61) 
(1,557) 
(180) 
(1,329) 
(3,127) 
Cash outflow - interest 
- 
- 
(72) 
(123) 
(195) 
Interest accruing 
72 
- 
72 
123 
267 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 2024 
37 
- 
2,287 
611 
2,935 
 
 
 
 
Overdraft 
Invoice 
Financing 
Mortgage 
Loan 
Total 
 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 April 2022 
 495  
 1,267  
 2,642  
 2,645  
 7,049  
Cash flows 
 (600) 
 290  
 (252) 
 (816) 
 (1,378) 
Interest accruing 
 131  
 -  
 77  
 111  
 319  
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 March 2023 
26 
1,557 
2,467 
1,940 
5,990 
 
The movement in lease liabilities in the year is analysed per note 23. 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
110 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
31 Deferred tax 
 
The movement in deferred tax provision is analysed as follows. 
 
 
Group 
 
£000 
 
 
At 1 April 2022 
2,640 
 
 
Recognised in the income statement 
(5) 
Recognised directly through equity 
303 
Deferred tax on intangibles 
4 
 
 
At 31 March 2023 
2,942 
 
 
Recognised in the income statement – impairment  
165 
Derecognised in goodwill 
(1,282) 
Recognised in the income statement - other 
(50) 
Recognised directly through equity 
23 
 
 
At 31 March 2024 
1,798 
 
Deferred tax is represented by: 
 
 
Year ended  
31-Mar 2024 
Year ended  
31-Mar 2023 
 
£000 
£000 
Capital allowances in advance of depreciation 
538 
638 
Share based payments 
(60) 
(112) 
Acquisitions 
1,409 
2,526 
Other temporary differences 
(89) 
(110) 
 
 
 
Net deferred tax liability 
1,798 
2,942 
 
The rate of corporation tax from 1 April 2023 was increased from 19% to 25%, and therefore this has been 
considered when calculating deferred tax at the reporting date. Deferred tax balances at the reporting date are 
measured at 25% (2023: 25%). 
      
  
Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
PPE 
Provision 
Share 
based 
payment 
Acquisitions 
Losses 
carried 
forward 
Total 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
At 1 April 2023 
638  
 16 
 (112) 
2,526  
(126) 
2,942 
Charged to profit 
(100) 
22 
29 
165 
(1) 
115 
Credited directly through 
equity 
- 
- 
23 
- 
- 
23 
Derecognised in goodwill 
- 
- 
- 
(1,282) 
 
(1,282) 
At 31 Mar 2024 
538 
38 
(60) 
1,409 
(127) 
1,798 
 
Deferred tax on acquisitions relates to the deferred tax liability in relation to the valuation of brands acquired 
during the prior year. Brands of £10,088,000 were acquired during the year to 31 March 2022, see note 8 for 
further details. The deferred tax charged derecognised is in relation to the impairment of the Emma Hardie 
goodwill, see note 13 for further details. 
 
The movement in the deferred tax assets and liabilities during the prior year is shown below: 
 
  
Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
PPE 
Provision 
Share 
based 
payment 
Acquisitions 
Losses 
carried 
forward 
Total 
  
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
£000 
At 1 April 2022 
629  
 (14) 
 (497) 
2,522  
- 
2,640 
Charged to profit 
9  
 30 
 82 
-  
(126) 
(5) 
Recognised in goodwill 
- 
- 
- 
4  
- 
4 
Credited directly through 
equity 
- 
 - 
303  
-  
- 
303 
At 31 Mar 2023 
638  
 16 
 (112) 
2,526  
(126) 
2,942 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
111 
Notes to the financial statements 
 
32 Operating leases 
 
Company 
 
The Company has entered into an operating lease with its subsidiary Potter & Moore Innovations Ltd following the 
purchase of the Peterborough site in October 2019. The lease has a term of 20 years. 
 
Future minimum rentals receivable under operating leases as at 31 March are as follows: 
 
 
2024 
2023 
Within one year 
350 
350 
Between one and two years 
350 
350 
Between two and three years 
350 
350 
Between three and four years 
350 
350 
Between four and five years 
350 
350 
More than five years 
3,700 
4,050 
 
33 Guarantees and other financial commitments 
 
The Group has given a class guarantee facility with its bankers to HMRC in respect of import duties and VAT with a limit 
of £100,000 (2023: £100,000). 
 
The Group has entered into two cross guarantees with various other Group companies to secure their banking facilities 
one dated 10 August 2016, and one dated 25 March 2004. 
  
The Group has entered into a purchase credit card facility via its bankers with a limit of £70,000 (2023: £30,000)  
 
34 Employee Beneficial Trust (EBT) 
 
The Company created an Employee Beneficial Trust on 29 October 2021. The Trust was created to purchase and hold 
shares in Creightons PLC to satisfy share awards under the Groups share option scheme. There has been no movement 
in the EBT during the year ended 31 March 2024.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Creightons PLC    Annual Report 2024 
 
 
112 
Directors and Advisers  
 
Directors 
 
Paul Forster 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Executive Chairman 
Philippa Clark 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Managing Director 
Martin Stevens 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deputy Group Managing Director 
William O McIlroy  
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Executive Director 
William T Glencross 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Executive Director 
 
 
 
Nicholas DJ O’Shea 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Executive Director 
Brian Geary  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Executive Director 
 
Registered Office and number 
 
 
 
 
Company Secretary 
 
1210 Lincoln Road 
 
 
 
 
 
Saxon Coast Consultants Ltd 
Peterborough 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PE4 6ND  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registered in England & Wales No 01227964 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registrars 
 
Forvis Mazars LLP 
 
 
 
 
 
Link Group 
The Pinnacle 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10th Floor 
160 Midsummer Boulevard 
 
 
 
 
Central Square 
Milton Keynes 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29 Wellington Street 
MK9 1FF  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leeds  
LS1 4DL 
 
Bankers 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Solicitors 
 
HSBC Bank PLC  
 
 
 
 
 
Marriott Harrison 
Cathedral Square  
 
 
 
 
 
11 Staple Inn 
Peterborough 
 
 
 
 
 
 
London  
 
 
PE1 1XL  
 
 
 
 
 
 
WC1V 7QH  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Advisers 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greenwoods 
Beaumont Cornish Ltd 
 
 
 
 
 
30 City Road 
Building 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Peterborough 
566 Chiswick High Road 
 
 
 
 
 
PE1 1JE 
London  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
W4 5YA